From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sun Jun 8 01:23:48 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 59D1737B401 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 01:23:48 -0700 (PDT) Received: from gmx.net (ADSL166-146.advancedsl.com.ar [200.63.166.146]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with SMTP id E744343F75 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 01:23:46 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from emprende@gmx.net) From: "Amalia Lafuente" To: Sender: "Amalia Lafuente" Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset="ISO-8859-1" Date: Sun, 8 Jun 2003 05:24:58 -0300 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Message-Id: <20030608082346.E744343F75@mx1.FreeBSD.org> Subject: azB X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sun, 08 Jun 2003 08:23:49 -0000 LZBU From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sun Jun 8 12:55:29 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 3349537B401 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 12:55:29 -0700 (PDT) Received: from hotmail.com (bay4-dav120.bay4.hotmail.com [65.54.171.150]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id AEF6D43FA3 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 12:55:26 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from thundara@msn.com) Received: from mail pickup service by hotmail.com with Microsoft SMTPSVC; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 12:55:24 -0700 Received: from 67.25.117.217 by bay4-dav120.bay4.hotmail.com with DAV; Sun, 08 Jun 2003 19:55:24 +0000 X-Originating-IP: [67.25.117.217] X-Originating-Email: [thundara@msn.com] From: To: Date: Sun, 8 Jun 2003 12:55:19 -0700 MIME-Version: 1.0 X-Priority: 3 X-MSMail-Priority: Normal X-Mailer: MSN Mail 8.00.0022.1400 X-MimeOLE: Produced By Microsoft MimeOLE V8.00.0022.1400 Message-ID: X-OriginalArrivalTime: 08 Jun 2003 19:55:24.0497 (UTC) FILETIME=[E6917410:01C32DF7] Content-Type: text/plain; charset="iso-8859-1" Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable X-Content-Filtered-By: Mailman/MimeDel 2.1.1 Subject: ? about jdk 1.0 X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sun, 08 Jun 2003 19:55:29 -0000 How exactly would I enter the following information in to my computer? I don't know how. Running the JDK --------------- If your JDK directory is rooted at , you need to set 1. your path to include the /bin directory 2. CLASSPATH environment variable to .:/classes 3. LD_LIBRARY_PATH to include /lib/i386 Thank you, andres. From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sun Jun 8 15:50:19 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 1E60B37B404 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 15:50:19 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 32BDF43FBD for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 15:50:18 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h58MoIUp033651 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 15:50:18 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h58MoItK033650; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 15:50:18 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Sun, 8 Jun 2003 15:50:18 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306082250.h58MoItK033650@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, Hubert Tournier Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id A690637B401 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 15:46:38 -0700 (PDT) Received: from mail.iris3.net (host38.co.fr.clara.net [212.43.196.38]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id B4FD643FDF for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 15:46:37 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from hubert@tournier.org) Received: by mail.iris3.net (Postfix, from userid 1019) id CBCFF2EC02E; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 23:43:15 +0000 (GMT) Message-Id: <20030608234315.CBCFF2EC02E@mail.iris3.net> Date: Sun, 8 Jun 2003 23:43:15 +0000 (GMT) From: Hubert Tournier To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 Subject: docs/53068: Ref. to deprecated USER_LDT option in man (with fix) X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Hubert Tournier List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sun, 08 Jun 2003 22:50:19 -0000 >Number: 53068 >Category: docs >Synopsis: Ref. to deprecated USER_LDT option in man (with fix) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: medium >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Sun Jun 08 15:50:17 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Hubert Tournier >Release: FreeBSD 5.1-RELEASE i386 >Organization: Maison >Environment: System: FreeBSD lezard.online.fr 5.1-RELEASE FreeBSD 5.1-RELEASE #0: Sat Jun 7 22:38:36 CEST 2003 root@lezard.online.fr:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/LEZARD i386 >Description: Reference to the deprecated USER_LDT option in man pages (with fix) >How-To-Repeat: # man i386_get_ldt or # man i386_get_ldt >Fix: # cd /usr/src # patch < fix --- fix begins here --- --- lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2.orig Sun Jun 8 22:36:45 2003 +++ lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2 Sun Jun 8 22:37:00 2003 @@ -73,10 +73,6 @@ .Aq Pa i386/segments.h . These structures are defined by the architecture as disjoint bit-fields, so care must be taken in constructing them. -.Pp -Note that you must have -.Dq options USER_LDT -in your kernel configuration file to use these functions. .Sh RETURN VALUES Upon successful completion, .Fn i386_get_ldt --- fix ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sun Jun 8 18:50:12 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 46F1337B401 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 18:50:12 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 60B6143FDF for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 18:50:10 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h591oAUp059415 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 18:50:10 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h591oAQM059414; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 18:50:10 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Sun, 8 Jun 2003 18:50:10 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306090150.h591oAQM059414@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, Priit Piipuu Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 99B0437B401 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 18:45:47 -0700 (PDT) Received: from 213-219-88-102-dsl.lsn.estpak.ee (213-219-88-102-dsl.lsn.estpak.ee [213.219.88.102]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 2FF1543FBF for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 18:45:46 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from priitp@213-219-88-102-dsl.lsn.estpak.ee) Received: from 213-219-88-102-dsl.lsn.estpak.ee (localhost.meskaliin [127.0.0.1])h594OxNh082451 for ; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 04:24:59 GMT (envelope-from priitp@213-219-88-102-dsl.lsn.estpak.ee) Received: (from priitp@localhost)h594Owle082450; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 04:24:58 GMT Message-Id: <200306090424.h594Owle082450@213-219-88-102-dsl.lsn.estpak.ee> Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 04:24:58 GMT From: Priit Piipuu To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 Subject: docs/53073: [PATCH] Typo in elf(5) X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Priit Piipuu List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 01:50:12 -0000 >Number: 53073 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] Typo in elf(5) >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: medium >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Sun Jun 08 18:50:09 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Priit Piipuu >Release: FreeBSD 5.1-BETA i386 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD minerva 5.1-BETA FreeBSD 5.1-BETA #24: Wed May 21 00:14:22 GMT 2003 root@minerva:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/tuum i386 >Description: Duplicate words in elf manpage. >How-To-Repeat: man elf >Fix: --- patch begins here --- --- elf.5.orig Sat Jun 7 00:48:54 2003 +++ elf.5 Mon Jun 9 03:22:49 2003 @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ .Pp .It Dv p_offset This member holds the offset from the beginning of the file at which -the first byte of the of the segment resides. +the first byte of the segment resides. .It Dv p_vaddr This member holds the virtual address at which the first byte of the segment resides in memory. --- patch ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sun Jun 8 19:16:47 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 3DDAA37B401 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 19:16:47 -0700 (PDT) Received: from procyon.firepipe.net (procyon.firepipe.net [198.78.66.151]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 9C20E43FD7 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 19:16:46 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from will@csociety.org) Received: by procyon.firepipe.net (Postfix, from userid 1000) id 7770422C19; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 19:16:46 -0700 (PDT) Date: Sun, 8 Jun 2003 19:16:46 -0700 From: Will Andrews To: doc@FreeBSD.org Message-ID: <20030609021646.GM35503@procyon.firepipe.net> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline User-Agent: Mutt/1.4.1i Subject: articles/contributors/article.sgml diff for AlanE -> devel alumni X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 02:16:47 -0000 Please review this patch: http://people.fruitsalad.org/will/patches/article.sgml.diff Normally I would just commit it after a "make lint" but I wanted to check with the doc team first. There might be a better way to add the link. Regards, -- wca From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sun Jun 8 20:05:43 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id C2CA837B401 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 20:05:43 -0700 (PDT) Received: from rwcrmhc51.attbi.com (rwcrmhc51.attbi.com [204.127.198.38]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 2441043F75 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 20:05:43 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from bmah@employees.org) Received: from bmah.dyndns.org (12-240-204-110.client.attbi.com[12.240.204.110]) by attbi.com (rwcrmhc51) with ESMTP id <200306090305420510084o4te>; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 03:05:42 +0000 Received: from intruder.bmah.org (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by bmah.dyndns.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5935g9c014515; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 20:05:42 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from bmah@intruder.bmah.org) Message-Id: <200306090305.h5935g9c014515@bmah.dyndns.org> X-Mailer: exmh version 2.6.3 04/04/2003 with nmh-1.0.4 To: Will Andrews In-Reply-To: <20030609021646.GM35503@procyon.firepipe.net> References: <20030609021646.GM35503@procyon.firepipe.net> Comments: In-reply-to Will Andrews message dated "Sun, 08 Jun 2003 19:16:46 -0700." From: "Bruce A. Mah" X-Face: g~c`.{#4q0"(V*b#g[i~rXgm*w;:nMfz%_RZLma)UgGN&=j`5vXoU^@n5v4:OO)c["!w)nD/!!~e4Sj7LiT'6*wZ83454H""lb{CC%T37O!!'S$S&D}sem7I[A 2V%N&+ X-Image-Url: http://www.employees.org/~bmah/Images/bmah-cisco-small.gif X-Url: http://www.employees.org/~bmah/ Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/signed; boundary="==_Exmh_-1116591506P"; micalg=pgp-sha1; protocol="application/pgp-signature" Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Date: Sun, 08 Jun 2003 20:05:42 -0700 Sender: bmah@employees.org cc: doc@freebsd.org Subject: Re: articles/contributors/article.sgml diff for AlanE -> devel alumni X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: bmah@freebsd.org List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 03:05:44 -0000 --==_Exmh_-1116591506P Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii If memory serves me right, Will Andrews wrote: > Please review this patch: > > http://people.fruitsalad.org/will/patches/article.sgml.diff > > Normally I would just commit it after a "make lint" but I wanted > to check with the doc team first. > > There might be a better way to add the link. Looks OK to me. Bruce. --==_Exmh_-1116591506P Content-Type: application/pgp-signature -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.2 (FreeBSD) Comment: Exmh version 2.5+ 20020506 iD8DBQE+4/mG2MoxcVugUsMRAvA4AJ9HFKj1G/uinjFHhZFF3POilukiXQCgzYyg sBB6gpg74zJ6g7jm7HykDbQ= =tl7T -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --==_Exmh_-1116591506P-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sun Jun 8 21:17:53 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 70A2C37B401 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 21:17:53 -0700 (PDT) Received: from out-mta1.plasa.com (out-mta3.plasa.com [202.134.0.69]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 3B2D143F93 for ; Sun, 8 Jun 2003 21:17:50 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from ladya@telkom.net) Received: from [61.94.149.68] (helo=localhost) by out-mta1.plasa.com with esmtp (Exim 4.20) id 19PE6K-0003ae-JM for freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG; Mon, 09 Jun 2003 11:17:44 +0700 Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 11:27:50 +0700 From: Nofie Iman X-Mailer: The Bat! (v1.60q) X-Priority: 3 (Normal) Message-ID: <73507251.20030609112750@telkom.net> To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Subject: print & sell X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Nofie Iman List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 04:17:53 -0000 Am I allowed to print the docs and sell it for commercial purpose? Regards Nofie From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Mon Jun 9 02:20:24 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 1071F37B401; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 02:20:24 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id A596643FAF; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 02:20:23 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from roam@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (roam@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h599KNUp005156; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 02:20:23 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from roam@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from roam@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h599KNw0005152; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 02:20:23 -0700 (PDT) Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 02:20:23 -0700 (PDT) From: Peter Pentchev Message-Id: <200306090920.h599KNw0005152@freefall.freebsd.org> To: priit.piipuu@mail.ee, roam@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/53073: [PATCH] Typo in elf(5) X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 09:20:24 -0000 Synopsis: [PATCH] Typo in elf(5) State-Changed-From-To: open->patched State-Changed-By: roam State-Changed-When: Mon Jun 9 02:19:55 PDT 2003 State-Changed-Why: Fix committed to -current, will MFC in two weeks. Thanks for the problem report and the patch! http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=53073 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Mon Jun 9 04:46:50 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id DCC3B37B40D; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 04:46:50 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 7C92743F93; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 04:46:50 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from jhb@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (jhb@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h59BkoUp022409; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 04:46:50 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from jhb@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from jhb@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h59BkoLg022405; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 04:46:50 -0700 (PDT) Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 04:46:50 -0700 (PDT) From: John Baldwin Message-Id: <200306091146.h59BkoLg022405@freefall.freebsd.org> To: hubert@tournier.org, jhb@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/53068: Ref. to deprecated USER_LDT option in man (with fix) X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 11:46:51 -0000 Synopsis: Ref. to deprecated USER_LDT option in man (with fix) State-Changed-From-To: open->closed State-Changed-By: jhb State-Changed-When: Mon Jun 9 04:46:34 PDT 2003 State-Changed-Why: Fix committed, thanks! http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=53068 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Mon Jun 9 10:17:14 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 02F7137B405; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:17:14 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 93A8743FB1; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:17:13 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from trhodes@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (trhodes@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h59HHDUp048422; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:17:13 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from trhodes@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from trhodes@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h59HHDcr048418; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:17:13 -0700 (PDT) Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:17:13 -0700 (PDT) From: Tom Rhodes Message-Id: <200306091717.h59HHDcr048418@freefall.freebsd.org> To: trhodes@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org, trhodes@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/52612: [PATCH] close() can return undocumented ENOSPC X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 17:17:14 -0000 Synopsis: [PATCH] close() can return undocumented ENOSPC Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->trhodes Responsible-Changed-By: trhodes Responsible-Changed-When: Mon Jun 9 10:16:52 PDT 2003 Responsible-Changed-Why: Take this PR. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=52612 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Mon Jun 9 10:36:38 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 4B3A737B401; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:36:38 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id D80B143F85; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:36:37 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from hmp@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (hmp@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h59HabUp049974; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:36:37 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from hmp@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from hmp@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h59Habvp049970; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:36:37 -0700 (PDT) Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 10:36:37 -0700 (PDT) From: Hiten Pandya Message-Id: <200306091736.h59Habvp049970@freefall.freebsd.org> To: fn@hungry.com, hmp@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/45294: LINT notes are murky re PQ_CACHESIZE setting X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 17:36:38 -0000 Synopsis: LINT notes are murky re PQ_CACHESIZE setting State-Changed-From-To: feedback->closed State-Changed-By: hmp State-Changed-When: Mon Jun 9 10:34:06 PDT 2003 State-Changed-Why: Thanks Faried, Bosko. I have committed a de-obfuscated description to NOTES. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=45294 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Mon Jun 9 11:00:43 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 028F637B401 for ; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 11:00:43 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 042E043FE5 for ; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 11:00:41 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from owner-bugmaster@freebsd.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (peter@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h59I0eUp051057 for ; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 11:00:40 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from owner-bugmaster@freebsd.org) Received: (from peter@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h59I0esj051051 for freebsd-doc@freebsd.org; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 11:00:40 -0700 (PDT) Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 11:00:40 -0700 (PDT) Message-Id: <200306091800.h59I0esj051051@freefall.freebsd.org> X-Authentication-Warning: freefall.freebsd.org: peter set sender to owner-bugmaster@freebsd.org using -f From: FreeBSD bugmaster To: FreeBSD doc list Subject: Current unassigned doc problem reports X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 18:00:43 -0000 Current FreeBSD problem reports The following is a listing of current problems submitted by FreeBSD users. These represent problem reports covering all versions including experimental development code and obsolete releases. Bugs can be in one of several states: o - open A problem report has been submitted, no sanity checking performed. a - analyzed The problem is understood and a solution is being sought. f - feedback Further work requires additional information from the originator or the community - possibly confirmation of the effectiveness of a proposed solution. p - patched A patch has been committed, but some issues (MFC and / or confirmation from originator) are still open. s - suspended The problem is not being worked on, due to lack of information or resources. This is a prime candidate for somebody who is looking for a project to do. If the problem cannot be solved at all, it will be closed, rather than suspended. c - closed A problem report is closed when any changes have been integrated, documented, and tested -- or when fixing the problem is abandoned. Critical problems S Submitted Tracker Resp. Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- a [2001/10/31] i386/31671 doc 4.4 installer hangs at " Mounting root fr 1 problem total. Serious problems S Submitted Tracker Resp. Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- s [1999/10/04] i386/14135 doc lpt1 nolonger exists after 3.2-RELEASE s [2000/07/18] docs/20028 doc ASCII docs should reflect tags o [2001/05/23] docs/27605 doc Cross-document references () o [2002/01/15] ports/33929 doc Section 15.15 of the FreeBSD Porter's Han s [2002/03/08] docs/35678 doc docproj Makefiles for web are broken for o [2002/03/21] docs/36168 doc -pthread/_THREAD_SAFE docs missing in gcc o [2002/09/13] docs/42762 doc ppp.8 has no description of $env and ~use o [2002/11/14] docs/45303 doc Bug in PDF DocBook rendering o [2002/12/15] docs/46286 doc there's an omission and an error in the n o [2003/02/19] docs/48472 doc Documentation unreadable. 10 problems total. Non-critical problems S Submitted Tracker Resp. Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- o [2001/02/01] docs/24786 doc missing FILES descriptions in sa(4) o [2001/04/29] docs/26943 doc [patch] description of :C modifier is mis o [2001/07/26] docs/29245 doc top(1) manpage doesn't understand SMP a [2001/08/23] docs/30008 doc This document should be translated, comme o [2001/09/27] docs/30873 doc ``ip'' man page does not specify byte ord o [2001/10/07] docs/31109 doc replace gif images w/ png ones due to pat o [2001/11/15] docs/32020 doc loader.8 manpage missing tunables o [2001/11/16] docs/32054 doc inconsistency between index.3 and rindex. o [2002/01/05] docs/33589 doc Patch to doc.docbook.mk to post process . o [2002/01/13] docs/33852 doc split(1) man page implies that input file o [2002/01/14] docs/33877 doc Documentet behaviour of SF_flags for non- o [2002/01/15] misc/33926 doc Search function on website can not access o [2002/02/15] bin/34955 doc [PATCH] ps(1) is out of touch with realit a [2002/02/16] docs/35011 doc There are no commands called "diskless" o o [2002/02/22] docs/35222 doc mailing list archive URL regexp suboptima o [2002/03/06] docs/35602 doc dump(8)/restore(8) pages don't explain "a o [2002/03/06] docs/35607 doc dump(1) page needs discussion of scary er o [2002/03/06] docs/35608 doc mt(1) page uses "setmark" without explana o [2002/03/06] docs/35609 doc mt(1) page needs explanation of "long era o [2002/03/06] docs/35612 doc ps(1) page "state" description doesn't me o [2002/03/07] docs/35642 doc lo(4) page maybe should document optional o [2002/03/07] docs/35644 doc lo(4) page presumes familiarity with prin o [2002/03/07] docs/35646 doc cp(1) page needs a "Bugs" section. o [2002/03/07] docs/35647 doc www; combine query-by-number and multi-fi o [2002/03/07] docs/35648 doc rc.conf; add note about "flags" to both f o [2002/03/07] docs/35649 doc mount_smbfs(8) page: "See ./examples/dot. o [2002/03/08] docs/35686 doc blackhole(4) page seems to contradict its o [2002/03/08] docs/35687 doc /etc/nsmb.conf missing mention of readers o [2002/03/09] docs/35711 doc the "gnats page" should move to its own s o [2002/03/10] docs/35732 doc adduser(8) page has obsolete reference an o [2002/03/15] docs/35943 doc at(1) config files are misplaced in /var/ o [2002/03/15] docs/35953 doc hosts.equiv(5) manual is confusing or wro o [2002/03/20] misc/36154 doc Getting USB mouse to work: usbd and mouse o [2002/03/28] docs/36432 doc Proposal for doc/share/mk: make folded bo o [2002/03/28] docs/36449 doc symlink(7) manual doesn't mention trailin o [2002/03/28] docs/36459 doc tftp(1) manual's "get" syntax/description o [2002/05/03] docs/37719 doc Detail VOP_ naming in a relevant man-page s [2002/05/07] docs/37843 doc manual for pthread_setschedparam is wrong o [2002/05/18] docs/38225 doc change "CDROM" to "CD-ROM" o [2002/05/25] docs/38556 doc EPS file of beastie, as addition to exist o [2002/05/27] docs/38620 doc Committers Guide and CVS o [2002/05/31] docs/38772 doc firewall_type feature not mentioned on Ha o [2002/06/07] docs/38982 doc developers-hanbook/Jail fix o [2002/06/12] docs/39213 doc No rc(4) man page o [2002/06/15] docs/39348 doc kenv fetch of hostname requires dhcp/boot o [2002/06/19] docs/39530 doc access(2) man page has unnecessarily broa o [2002/06/19] docs/39532 doc 'find' man page should o [2002/06/24] docs/39824 doc Various tweaks for doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/bo o [2002/07/04] docs/40196 doc man find does not describe -follow o [2002/07/10] docs/40423 doc Keyboard(4)'s definition of parameters to o [2002/07/10] docs/40443 doc Update books/faq/book.sgml for USB .ko's o [2002/07/21] docs/40851 doc [PATCH] "mergemaster -p" in UPDATING's "C o [2002/07/28] docs/41089 doc pax -B option does not mention interactio o [2002/07/29] docs/41110 doc "apropos linux" doesn't find brandelf o [2002/08/02] docs/41270 doc confusing directions for kernelconfig cha o [2002/08/07] docs/41423 doc Update FAQ: attrib command for windows du o [2002/08/18] docs/41761 doc Update for /ru/internal/ part of site o [2002/08/19] docs/41787 doc man page for route (Section 8) missing de o [2002/08/19] docs/41791 doc Documentation formatting error o [2002/08/19] docs/41807 doc natd -punch_fw "bug" o [2002/08/20] docs/41820 doc Device driver confusion in Handbook (2.3) o [2002/08/22] docs/41919 doc MINI kernel for bootfloppy (Handbook p.34 a [2002/08/27] docs/42058 doc Documentation: Installing Oracle 8i onto o [2002/09/27] docs/43416 doc pw(8) -u uidmin,uidmax feature is out of o [2002/10/01] docs/43569 doc src/share/examples/worm/README out-of-dat o [2002/10/04] docs/43651 doc stab(5) incorrectly states to include jus o [2002/10/09] docs/43861 doc non-trivial typo in wicontrol man page o [2002/10/11] docs/43941 doc Rationale for Upgrade Sequence o [2002/10/14] docs/44074 doc ln(1) manual clarifications [patch] o [2002/10/23] docs/44400 doc ipfw(8) has contradictions in bridged and o [2002/10/24] docs/44435 doc sysctl manpage: add example for tcsh o [2002/10/29] docs/44594 doc Handbook doesn't mention drivers.flp for o [2002/11/17] docs/45371 doc man page for exports lacks information on o [2002/12/02] docs/45940 doc burncd missing info o [2002/12/11] docs/46181 doc "make fetch-recursive" target description o [2002/12/11] docs/46196 doc Missing return value in (set_)menu_format o [2002/12/11] docs/46200 doc fix for ru_RU.KOI8-R/books/porters-handbo o [2002/12/16] docs/46291 doc correlation between HZ kernel config para o [2002/12/16] docs/46295 doc please add information to Nvi recovery em o [2003/01/02] docs/46709 doc tables in terminfo.5 are broken o [2003/01/05] docs/46793 doc DEVICE_POLLING can not be used with SMP, o [2003/01/14] docs/47085 doc boot(8) manpage is incomplete according t o [2003/01/27] docs/47575 doc Clarify requirements for IPFW2 in STABLE o [2003/01/28] docs/47594 doc [PATH] passwd(5) incorrectly states allow o [2003/01/30] docs/47690 doc builtin(1) manpage is wrong about externa o [2003/01/30] docs/47705 doc wc(1) manpage has poor explanations. f [2003/02/02] docs/47818 doc ln(1) manpage is confusing o [2003/02/02] docs/47824 doc auto-create plist chapter should mention o [2003/02/05] docs/47991 doc Handbook section on upgrading kernel says o [2003/02/06] docs/48018 doc telnetd(8) manpage appears incorrect rega f [2003/02/07] docs/48038 doc [PATCH] add Tips and Tricks section into o [2003/02/08] docs/48101 doc There's no documentation on the fixit dis o [2003/02/12] docs/48210 doc make -q only does what the manpage says i o [2003/02/17] docs/48407 doc PPP section needs a cleanup. o [2003/02/28] docs/48767 doc wrong key numbers for left/right windows o [2003/03/06] docs/48980 doc [PATCH] nsgmls -s errors and sect. 3.2.1 o [2003/03/14] docs/50013 doc [PATCH] add much more russian holydays o [2003/03/22] docs/50200 doc Handbook "Kerberos" chapter doesn't quali o [2003/03/23] docs/50211 doc [PATCH] Fix textfile creation o [2003/03/27] docs/50349 doc make release fails with NO_OPENSSH and ! f [2003/03/28] docs/50391 doc Incorrect information in a man o [2003/03/30] docs/50469 doc "mount_msdos -W" issue in handbook o [2003/04/03] docs/50573 doc return values for res_query/res_search/re f [2003/04/07] docs/50677 doc [PATCH] update doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/ o [2003/04/10] docs/50773 doc NFS problems by jumbo frames to mention i o [2003/04/15] docs/51006 doc [PATCH] divert(4) and ipfw(8) manpages ar o [2003/04/27] docs/51480 doc Multiple undefined references in the Free o [2003/05/06] docs/51875 doc atkbd(4) adjustment o [2003/05/06] docs/51891 doc DIAGNOSTICS in ed driver manpage don't ma o [2003/05/07] docs/51921 doc ls(1) manpage lacks some information abou o [2003/05/11] docs/52071 doc [PATCH] Add more information about soft u o [2003/05/13] docs/52183 doc [PATCH] Clarifies pccard setup for wirele o [2003/05/19] docs/52448 doc [patch] Misc man page reference fixes o [2003/05/20] docs/52514 doc Handbook: new chapter about Bluetooth o [2003/05/24] ports/52640 doc New port: xmlcatmgr and patches to use th o [2003/05/25] docs/52672 doc Porter's Handbook: couple of corrections o [2003/06/02] docs/52878 doc [PATCH] security(7): small clairification p [2003/06/08] docs/53073 doc [PATCH] Typo in elf(5) 118 problems total. From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Mon Jun 9 11:16:16 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id AD21237B401 for ; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 11:16:16 -0700 (PDT) Received: from crf-consulting.co.uk (pc-62-31-42-106-hy.blueyonder.co.uk [62.31.42.106]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id B419143FD7 for ; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 11:16:12 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from nik@crf-consulting.co.uk) Received: from clan.nothing-going-on.org (clan.nothing-going-on.org [192.168.1.20]) by crf-consulting.co.uk (8.12.3/8.12.3) with ESMTP id h59IGARf062569; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 19:16:10 +0100 (BST) (envelope-from nik@catkin) Received: from clan.nothing-going-on.org (localhost [127.0.0.1]) h59IGALG083585; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 19:16:10 +0100 (BST) (envelope-from nik@clan.nothing-going-on.org) Received: (from nik@localhost) by clan.nothing-going-on.org (8.12.8/8.12.8/Submit) id h59IG7cX083584; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 19:16:07 +0100 (BST) Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 19:16:07 +0100 From: Nik Clayton To: Nofie Iman Message-ID: <20030609181607.GA83552@clan.nothing-going-on.org> References: <73507251.20030609112750@telkom.net> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/signed; micalg=pgp-sha1; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; boundary="NzB8fVQJ5HfG6fxh" Content-Disposition: inline In-Reply-To: <73507251.20030609112750@telkom.net> User-Agent: Mutt/1.4i Organization: FreeBSD Project cc: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Subject: Re: print & sell X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 18:16:17 -0000 --NzB8fVQJ5HfG6fxh Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable On Mon, Jun 09, 2003 at 11:27:50AM +0700, Nofie Iman wrote: > Am I allowed to print the docs and sell it for > commercial purpose? Yes, as long as the information in the copyright notice (e.g., http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/ln17.html) is preserved in the printed version somewhere. N --=20 FreeBSD: The Power to Serve http://www.freebsd.org/ (__) FreeBSD Documentation Project http://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ \\\'',) \/ \= ^ --- 15B8 3FFC DDB4 34B0 AA5F 94B7 93A8 0764 2C37 E375 --- .\._/= _) --NzB8fVQJ5HfG6fxh Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.1 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+5M7mk6gHZCw343URAnI5AJ9Fz5o5p0HKTNicJnVRY5Hiyh0ZcwCdGWYG e2nvUqqyMhe7qwqSUDqIr8Q= =90hm -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --NzB8fVQJ5HfG6fxh-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Mon Jun 9 14:51:24 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 14D8C37B404; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 14:51:24 -0700 (PDT) Received: from moutng.kundenserver.de (moutng.kundenserver.de [212.227.126.183]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 0850043FDD; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 14:51:23 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from se@freebsd.org) Received: from [212.227.126.162] (helo=mrelayng.kundenserver.de) by moutng.kundenserver.de with esmtp (Exim 3.35 #1) id 19PUXy-0001Uz-00; Mon, 09 Jun 2003 23:51:22 +0200 Received: from [80.132.224.96] (helo=Gatekeeper.FreeBSD.org) by mrelayng.kundenserver.de with asmtp (Exim 3.35 #1) id 19PUXy-0005B6-00; Mon, 09 Jun 2003 23:51:22 +0200 Received: from StefanEsser.FreeBSD.org (StefanEsser [10.0.0.1]) by Gatekeeper.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 8845A603F; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 23:51:20 +0200 (CEST) Received: by StefanEsser.FreeBSD.org (Postfix, from userid 200) id 341291F4F; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 23:51:20 +0200 (CEST) Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 23:51:20 +0200 From: Stefan =?iso-8859-1?Q?E=DFer?= To: doc@FreeBSD.org Message-ID: <20030609215120.GA13707@StefanEsser.FreeBSD.org> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline User-Agent: Mutt/1.5.4i Subject: Erratum in FreeBSD-5.1 Errata ? X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Mon, 09 Jun 2003 21:51:24 -0000 In http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/5.1R/errata.html I found: This errata document for FreeBSD 5.1-RELEASE will be maintained until the release of FreeBSD 5.1-RELEASE. ^^^ Shouldn't that rather be 5.2-RELEASE ? Regards, STefan From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Mon Jun 9 19:31:25 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 3263637B401 for ; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 19:31:25 -0700 (PDT) Received: from tisch.mail.mindspring.net (tisch.mail.mindspring.net [207.69.200.157]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 7F7B743F85 for ; Mon, 9 Jun 2003 19:31:24 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from bobf@mrp3.com) Received: from user-112v223.biz.mindspring.com ([66.47.136.67]) by tisch.mail.mindspring.net with esmtp (Exim 3.33 #1) id 19PYux-0006Sx-00 for doc@FreeBSD.org; Mon, 09 Jun 2003 22:31:23 -0400 Received: from bobxp ([192.168.0.16]) by user-112v223.biz.mindspring.com with Microsoft SMTPSVC(5.0.2195.4905); Mon, 9 Jun 2003 19:30:51 -0700 Message-ID: <009701c32ef8$50b45af0$1000a8c0@SFT> From: "Bob Frazier" To: Date: Mon, 9 Jun 2003 19:30:51 -0700 MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset="iso-8859-1" Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit X-Priority: 3 X-MSMail-Priority: Normal X-Mailer: Microsoft Outlook Express 6.00.2720.3000 X-MimeOLE: Produced By Microsoft MimeOLE V6.00.2727.1300 X-OriginalArrivalTime: 10 Jun 2003 02:30:51.0950 (UTC) FILETIME=[4FA534E0:01C32EF8] Subject: hardware compatibility addition X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 02:31:25 -0000 I am not sure where to send mail for this, so I'm sending it here. FYI Hardware compatibility list updates for FreeBSD 5.0-RELEASE (and probably 5.1-RELEASE) should include the following: TRENDnet 10/100Mbps PCI Fast Ethernet Card ('rl' driver) (It uses the Realtek 8139 driver without any problems) I am currently running the following configuration, FYI Dell Dimension V400 PII with ATI Rage Pro AGP and the above network interface card Everything works correctly except for MIDI (I am unable to get it to recognize the 'sequencer' device, but sound and mixer work ok using the 'ds1' sound driver). From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Tue Jun 10 01:24:18 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id A651837B401 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 01:24:18 -0700 (PDT) Received: from jackyl.superspeedweb.net (jackyl.superspeedweb.com [209.198.20.2]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id A311243FB1 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 01:24:15 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from ura@euro-bill.net) Received: by jackyl.superspeedweb.net (8.11.6/8.11.6) with SMTP id h5A8OOh16018 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 04:24:24 -0400 Received: (qmail 12246 invoked from network); 10 Jun 2003 08:34:31 -0000 Received: from unused.nbi.com.ua (HELO sphinx.zzz) (80.78.41.228) by seger.xsitehosting.net with SMTP; 10 Jun 2003 08:34:27 -0000 Received: (qmail 9426 invoked by uid 1001); 10 Jun 2003 08:24:03 -0000 Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 11:24:03 +0300 From: ura To: doc@FreeBSD.org Message-ID: <20030610082403.GA9400@sphinx.zzz> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/signed; micalg=pgp-sha1; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; boundary="WIyZ46R2i8wDzkSu" Content-Disposition: inline User-Agent: Mutt/1.5.4i X-MailScanner: Found to be clean Subject: Small typo in 5.1 release notes for i386 X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 08:24:18 -0000 --WIyZ46R2i8wDzkSu Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Hello There is a small typo in FreeBSD 5.1 release notes for i386. Said: GCC has been updated to 3.2.2 (release version). Note: GCC is known to produce broken code with the -march=pentium4 option set. As a workaround to avoid this problem, setting the CPUTYPE=p4 Makefile variable (for example, in make.conf(5)) enables GCC's -march=pentium3 option instead. This situation is expected to be resolved when GCC 3.3 is imported. Need to bee: As a workaround to avoid this problem, setting the CPUTYPE=p3 ... Thank you for attention --WIyZ46R2i8wDzkSu Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.2 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+5ZWiFp2ZtEU8+PIRAjMEAKCySWXF3srlKiGWZwJ2hvJCOKp0/gCeNucA 9HRUf2paUaLHuuXbQMWXecM= =7aaD -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --WIyZ46R2i8wDzkSu-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Tue Jun 10 01:49:06 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 65BBA37B401 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 01:49:06 -0700 (PDT) Received: from shrike.submonkey.net (pc1-cdif2-5-cust38.cdif.cable.ntl.com [81.101.150.38]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id B8CFD43FAF for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 01:49:05 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from setantae@submonkey.net) Received: from setantae by shrike.submonkey.net with local (Exim 4.20) id 19PeoI-0005Vc-1o; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 09:48:54 +0100 Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 09:48:54 +0100 From: Ceri Davies To: ura Message-ID: <20030610084854.GA20897@submonkey.net> Mail-Followup-To: Ceri Davies , ura , doc@FreeBSD.org References: <20030610082403.GA9400@sphinx.zzz> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/signed; micalg=pgp-sha1; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; boundary="8t9RHnE3ZwKMSgU+" Content-Disposition: inline In-Reply-To: <20030610082403.GA9400@sphinx.zzz> User-Agent: Mutt/1.5.4i Sender: Ceri Davies cc: doc@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: Small typo in 5.1 release notes for i386 X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 08:49:06 -0000 --8t9RHnE3ZwKMSgU+ Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable On Tue, Jun 10, 2003 at 11:24:03AM +0300, ura wrote: > Hello >=20 > There is a small typo in FreeBSD 5.1 release notes for i386. >=20 > Said: >=20 > GCC has been updated to 3.2.2 (release version). >=20 > Note: GCC is known to produce broken code with the -march=3Dpentium4 = option set. As a workaround to avoid this problem, setting the CPUTYPE=3Dp4= Makefile variable (for example, in make.conf(5)) enables GCC's -march=3Dpe= ntium3 option instead. This situation is expected to be resolved when GCC 3= =2E3 is imported. >=20 >=20 > Need to bee: As a workaround to avoid this problem, setting the CPUTYPE= =3Dp3 ... Actually that's correct as it stands. Setting CPUTYPE=3Dp4 really does enable -march=3Dpentium3, for the reasons outlined in the release note. Ceri --=20 User: DO YOU ACCEPT JESUS CHRIST AS YOUR PERSONAL LORD AND SAVIOR? Iniaes: Sure, I can accept all forms of payment. -- www.chatterboxchallenge.com --8t9RHnE3ZwKMSgU+ Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.2 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+5Zt1ocfcwTS3JF8RAuR2AJ9kmzTLf6OUBLkSWyQEpcjhieV8gwCgxC2M HuqAZAGkBzGX4mo0JavJi90= =fOWf -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --8t9RHnE3ZwKMSgU+-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Tue Jun 10 02:30:36 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 95CDE37B401 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 02:30:36 -0700 (PDT) Received: from void.xpert.com (mail.xpert.com [199.203.132.1]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id C918443FB1 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 02:30:24 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from Yonatan@xpert.com) Received: from void.xpert.com (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by void.xpert.com (8.12.8/8.12.8) with ESMTP id h5A9WCZO014790 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 12:32:12 +0300 Received: from EXCHANGE.xpert.com (exchange.xpert.com [199.203.132.135]) by void.xpert.com (8.12.8/8.12.8) with ESMTP id h5A9WCmd014783 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 12:32:12 +0300 content-class: urn:content-classes:message MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset="WINDOWS-1255" Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable X-MimeOLE: Produced By Microsoft Exchange V6.0.6375.0 Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 12:30:06 +0300 Message-ID: X-MS-Has-Attach: X-MS-TNEF-Correlator: Thread-Topic: broken man links Thread-Index: AcMvMx2UEm9kuAvoQJG1WoRu9tVDXQ== From: "Yonatan Bokovza" To: Subject: broken man links X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 09:30:36 -0000 Links to man pages, like this one: http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?query=3Dvpd&sektion=3D4&manpath=3DFree= BSD+5.1-release from places like this one: http://www.freebsd.org/releases/5.1R/relnotes-i386.html are broken. s/release/RELEASE/g : http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?query=3Dvpd&sektion=3D4&manpath=3DFree= BSD+5.1-RELEASE Regards, Yonatan From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Tue Jun 10 07:50:14 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 50E5737B401 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 07:50:14 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id CBF7943FCB for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 07:50:12 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5AEoCUp055108 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 07:50:12 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5AEoCC6055106; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 07:50:12 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 07:50:12 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306101450.h5AEoCC6055106@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, Lukas Ertl Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 2AB6937B401 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 07:48:48 -0700 (PDT) Received: from mailbox.univie.ac.at (mail.univie.ac.at [131.130.1.27]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 0D2DB43FBF for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 07:48:47 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from le@univie.ac.at) Received: from korben.in.tern (dialin202.cc.univie.ac.at [131.130.202.202]) by mailbox.univie.ac.at (8.12.2/8.12.2) with ESMTP id h5AEmUMY042458 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 16:48:34 +0200 Received: from korben.in.tern (korben.in.tern [127.0.0.1]) by korben.in.tern (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5AEgPVC001760 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 16:42:26 +0200 (CEST) (envelope-from le@korben.in.tern) Received: (from le@localhost) by korben.in.tern (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5AEgOam001759; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 16:42:24 +0200 (CEST) Message-Id: <200306101442.h5AEgOam001759@korben.in.tern> Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 16:42:24 +0200 (CEST) From: Lukas Ertl To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 Subject: docs/53149: [PATCH] overhaul libufs(3) manpages X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Lukas Ertl List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 14:50:14 -0000 >Number: 53149 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] overhaul libufs(3) manpages >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Tue Jun 10 07:50:12 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Lukas Ertl >Release: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT i386 >Organization: Vienna University Computer Center >Environment: System: FreeBSD korben 5.1-CURRENT FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT #8: Tue Jun 10 01:46:17 CEST 2003 le@korben:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/KORBEN i386 >Description: The freshly imported manpages for libufs(3) contain some errors and are missing a copyright notice. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: I hope Juli is not upset that I add a standard BSD license on the files. :-) --- libufs.diff begins here --- Index: lib/libufs/bread.3 =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/src/lib/libufs/bread.3,v retrieving revision 1.1 diff -u -r1.1 bread.3 --- lib/libufs/bread.3 9 Jun 2003 09:59:11 -0000 1.1 +++ lib/libufs/bread.3 10 Jun 2003 14:37:36 -0000 @@ -1,3 +1,30 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Juli Mallett +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote +.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written +.\" permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" .\" Author: Juli Mallett .\" Date: June 04, 2003 .\" Description: @@ -32,7 +59,7 @@ .Fn bread and .Fn bwrite -functions provide a block read and write api for +functions provide a block read and write API for .Xr libufs 3 consumers. They operate on a userland UFS disk structure, and perform the read @@ -44,7 +71,7 @@ .Fn bread and .Fn bwrite -functions return the amount written, or -1 in case of any error, +functions return the amount read or written, or -1 in case of any error, including short read. .Sh ERRORS The function @@ -52,7 +79,7 @@ may fail and set .Va errno for any of the errors specified for the library functions -.Xr ufs_disk_write +.Xr ufs_disk_write 3 or .Xr pread 2 . Additionally, it may follow the Index: lib/libufs/cgread.3 =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/src/lib/libufs/cgread.3,v retrieving revision 1.1 diff -u -r1.1 cgread.3 --- lib/libufs/cgread.3 9 Jun 2003 09:59:11 -0000 1.1 +++ lib/libufs/cgread.3 10 Jun 2003 14:37:36 -0000 @@ -1,3 +1,30 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Juli Mallett +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote +.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written +.\" permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" .\" Author: Juli Mallett .\" Date: June 04, 2003 .\" Description: @@ -44,7 +71,7 @@ field of a userland UFS disk structure. It sets the .Fa d_lcg -field to the cylinger group number +field to the cylinder group number .Fa c . .Pp The Index: lib/libufs/libufs.3 =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/src/lib/libufs/libufs.3,v retrieving revision 1.1 diff -u -r1.1 libufs.3 --- lib/libufs/libufs.3 9 Jun 2003 09:59:11 -0000 1.1 +++ lib/libufs/libufs.3 10 Jun 2003 14:37:36 -0000 @@ -1,3 +1,30 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Juli Mallett +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote +.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written +.\" permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" .\" Author: Juli Mallett .\" Date: June 04, 2003 .\" Description: @@ -6,11 +33,11 @@ .\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libufs/libufs.3,v 1.1 2003/06/09 09:59:11 jmallett Exp $ .\" .Dd June 04, 2003 -.Dt SBREAD 3 +.Dt LIBUFS 3 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm libufs -.Nd operate on UFS disks from userland +.Nd operate on UFS filesystems from userland .Sh LIBRARY .Lb libufs .Sh SYNOPSIS @@ -33,7 +60,7 @@ .Xr dumpfs 8 . The .Nm -library is designed to be simple, and provide functions that are +library is designed to be simple, and to provide functions that are traditionally useful to have. .Pp A disk is represented as the type @@ -48,14 +75,14 @@ return -1 in every functional error situation. They also set the .Fa d_error -field to a string describing the error. +field of +.Dq struct uufsd +to a string describing the error. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr bread 3 , .Xr bwrite 3 , .Xr cgread 3 , .Xr cgread1 3 , -.Xr getino 3 , -.Xr putino 3 , .Xr sbread 3 , .Xr sbwrite 3 , .Xr ufs_disk_close 3 , Index: lib/libufs/sbread.3 =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/src/lib/libufs/sbread.3,v retrieving revision 1.1 diff -u -r1.1 sbread.3 --- lib/libufs/sbread.3 9 Jun 2003 09:59:11 -0000 1.1 +++ lib/libufs/sbread.3 10 Jun 2003 14:37:36 -0000 @@ -1,3 +1,30 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Juli Mallett +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote +.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written +.\" permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" .\" Author: Juli Mallett .\" Date: June 04, 2003 .\" Description: Index: lib/libufs/ufs_disk_close.3 =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/src/lib/libufs/ufs_disk_close.3,v retrieving revision 1.1 diff -u -r1.1 ufs_disk_close.3 --- lib/libufs/ufs_disk_close.3 9 Jun 2003 09:59:11 -0000 1.1 +++ lib/libufs/ufs_disk_close.3 10 Jun 2003 14:37:37 -0000 @@ -1,3 +1,30 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Juli Mallett +.\" All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote +.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written +.\" permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" .\" Author: Juli Mallett .\" Date: June 04, 2003 .\" Description: @@ -82,7 +109,7 @@ .Va errno for any of the errors specified for the library functions .Xr open 2 , -.Xr strdup 3 +.Xr strdup 3 . Additionally, it may follow the .Xr libufs 3 error methodologies in situations where no device could be found to --- libufs.diff ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Tue Jun 10 11:21:23 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id DFD8937B401; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 11:21:23 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 64C8043FDD; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 11:21:23 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from jmallett@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (jmallett@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5AILNUp021870; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 11:21:23 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from jmallett@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from jmallett@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5AILNp6021866; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 13:21:23 -0500 (CDT) Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 13:21:23 -0500 (CDT) From: Juli Mallett Message-Id: <200306101821.h5AILNp6021866@freefall.freebsd.org> To: jmallett@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org, jmallett@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/53149: [PATCH] overhaul libufs(3) manpages X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 18:21:24 -0000 Synopsis: [PATCH] overhaul libufs(3) manpages Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->jmallett Responsible-Changed-By: jmallett Responsible-Changed-When: Tis 10 Jun 2003 13:20:24 CDT Responsible-Changed-Why: For some reason, I'll take this. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=53149 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Tue Jun 10 12:45:06 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id B04FD37B405 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 12:45:06 -0700 (PDT) Received: from pittgoth.com (14.zlnp1.xdsl.nauticom.net [209.195.149.111]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 4A3C043FE1 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 12:45:05 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from trhodes@FreeBSD.org) Received: from mobile.pittgoth.com (acs-24-154-229-196.zoominternet.net [24.154.229.196]) by pittgoth.com (8.12.9/8.12.9) with SMTP id h5AJj3a7000882 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 15:45:03 -0400 (EDT) (envelope-from trhodes@FreeBSD.org) Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 15:43:46 -0400 From: Tom Rhodes To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Message-Id: <20030610154346.7a93144f.trhodes@FreeBSD.org> In-Reply-To: <1054830569.308.26.camel@jake> References: <1054830569.308.26.camel@jake> X-Mailer: Sylpheed version 0.8.10claws (GTK+ 1.2.10; i386-portbld-freebsd5.1) Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=US-ASCII Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Subject: Re: Chapter 19.5.2 needs to be modified to include FreeBSD 5.x X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 19:45:07 -0000 On 05 Jun 2003 12:29:29 -0400 Adam wrote: > http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/nfs.html > > 19.5.2 needs to have some notes added to make them consistent with > FreeBSD 5.x, as 'portmap' no longer exists (replaced with rpcbind). > Fixed. Thanks for the tip! -- Tom Rhodes From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Tue Jun 10 13:59:04 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id AADA937B401 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 13:59:04 -0700 (PDT) Received: from topazio.mpf.gov.br (topazio.mpf.gov.br [200.142.58.20]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E2E1A43F85 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 13:59:02 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from Joao@prpi.mpf.gov.br) Received: from esmeralda.mpf.gov.br (esmeralda.mpf.gov.br [200.142.58.2]) by topazio.mpf.gov.br (8.11.6/8.11.6) with ESMTP id h5AKoYX21475 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 17:50:35 -0300 Received: from prpi.mpf.gov.br ([200.142.12.130]) by esmeralda.mpf.gov.br (8.11.6/8.11.6) with SMTP id h5AKd0A11791 for ; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 17:39:01 -0300 Received: from PRPI_DO-Message_Server by prpi.mpf.gov.br with Novell_GroupWise; Tue, 10 Jun 2003 18:51:30 -0300 Message-Id: X-Mailer: Novell GroupWise 5.5.2 Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 17:50:57 -0300 From: "Joao Luiz" To: Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable Content-Disposition: inline Subject: =?iso-8859-1?q?Processos=2C_tratamento_de_?= =?iso-8859-1?q?excess=F5es=2C_deadlocks=2C_etc=2E?= X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 20:59:04 -0000 Onde posso encontrar manuais, textos, p=E1ginas, etc, que tratem sobre = processos, tratamentos de excess=F5es, deadlocks no sistema operacional = Freebsd. agrade=E7o. From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Wed Jun 11 04:45:52 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 0798237B401 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 04:45:52 -0700 (PDT) Received: from email.computer.net (email.computer.net [207.50.192.20]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 2DB1143FA3 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 04:45:51 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from krdeepak@email.computer.net) Received: from email.computer.net (email.computer.net [207.50.192.20]) by email.computer.net (8.11.7/8.11.3) with SMTP id h5BBm2b07144 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 07:48:02 -0400 (EDT) (envelope-from krdeepak@email.computer.net) From: "kambamd deepak" Sender: flwnv9w72tqwkmxm@email.computer.net To: FreeBSD-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Date: Fri, 06 Jun 2003 19:02:13 +0600 Message-id: <3ee716f2.1be5.0@email.computer.net> X-User-Info: 61.95.224.164 MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset="iso-8859-1" Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Subject: docs project X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: krdeepak@email.computer.net List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 11:45:52 -0000 dear all i am a techie writer and like to contribute to the BSD cause! i have seen the available projs on hand and will inform once i take up the project thanks and regards ************************************************************** * Sent from Computer.Net Web Portal: http://web.computer.net From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Wed Jun 11 05:24:22 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E885F37B401 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 05:24:22 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 9279A43F3F for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 05:24:22 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from www@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (www@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5BCOMUp040009 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 05:24:22 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from www@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from www@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5BCOMZU040008 for freebsd-doc; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 05:24:22 -0700 (PDT) Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 05:24:22 -0700 (PDT) From: WWW pseudo-user Message-Id: <200306111224.h5BCOMZU040008@freefall.freebsd.org> To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Subject: FreeBSD web build failed on freefall.freebsd.org X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 12:24:23 -0000 ===> FAQ ===> handbook ===> internal /usr/bin/perl5 /c/www/build/www/en/internal/homepage.pl > homepage.inc /usr/bin/sed -e 's///' homepage.sgml | /usr/bin/env SGML_CATALOG_FILES= /usr/local/bin/sgmlnorm -d -c /usr/local/share/sgml/html/catalog -D /c/www/build/www/en/internal > homepage.html || (/bin/rm -f homepage.html && false) /usr/local/bin/tidy -i -m -raw -preserve -f /dev/null -asxml homepage.html *** Error code 1 (ignored) ===> java ===> java/dists ===> java/docs ===> java/links ===> java/dists ===> java/docs ===> java/links ===> copyright ===> search ===> gallery ===> projects ===> projects/busdma ===> projects/c99 ===> projects/mips ===> projects/busdma ===> projects/c99 ===> projects/mips ===> prstats ===> prstats/../../tools/prstats ./go.tcl /c/gnats unable to convert date-time string "Tis 10 Jun 2003 13:36:32 CDT" while executing "clock scan [lrange $a 1 end" (procedure "PR" line 9) invoked from within "PR $pr" ("foreach" body line 2) invoked from within "foreach pr [glob $gnatsdir] { PR $pr } " (file "./go.tcl" line 45) *** Error code 1 Stop in /c/www/build/www/tools/prstats. *** Error code 1 Stop in /c/www/build/www/en/prstats. *** Error code 1 Stop in /c/www/build/www/en. 77.65 real 18.35 user 0.98 sys From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Wed Jun 11 06:02:11 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 66EAE37B401; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 06:02:11 -0700 (PDT) Received: from shrike.submonkey.net (pc1-cdif2-5-cust38.cdif.cable.ntl.com [81.101.150.38]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 7A6D043FBD; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 06:02:10 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from setantae@submonkey.net) Received: from setantae by shrike.submonkey.net with local (Exim 4.20) id 19Q5Ev-000FuC-90; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 14:02:09 +0100 Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 14:02:09 +0100 From: Ceri Davies To: WWW pseudo-user Message-ID: <20030611130209.GA60426@submonkey.net> Mail-Followup-To: Ceri Davies , WWW pseudo-user , freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org References: <200306111224.h5BCOMZU040008@freefall.freebsd.org> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline In-Reply-To: <200306111224.h5BCOMZU040008@freefall.freebsd.org> User-Agent: Mutt/1.5.4i Sender: Ceri Davies cc: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: FreeBSD web build failed on freefall.freebsd.org X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 13:02:11 -0000 Fixed. On Wed, Jun 11, 2003 at 05:24:22AM -0700, WWW pseudo-user wrote: > ===> FAQ > ===> handbook > ===> internal > /usr/bin/perl5 /c/www/build/www/en/internal/homepage.pl > homepage.inc > /usr/bin/sed -e 's///' homepage.sgml | /usr/bin/env SGML_CATALOG_FILES= /usr/local/bin/sgmlnorm -d -c /usr/local/share/sgml/html/catalog -D /c/www/build/www/en/internal > homepage.html || (/bin/rm -f homepage.html && false) > /usr/local/bin/tidy -i -m -raw -preserve -f /dev/null -asxml homepage.html > *** Error code 1 (ignored) > ===> java > ===> java/dists > ===> java/docs > ===> java/links > ===> java/dists > ===> java/docs > ===> java/links > ===> copyright > ===> search > ===> gallery > ===> projects > ===> projects/busdma > ===> projects/c99 > ===> projects/mips > ===> projects/busdma > ===> projects/c99 > ===> projects/mips > ===> prstats > ===> prstats/../../tools/prstats > ./go.tcl /c/gnats > unable to convert date-time string "Tis 10 Jun 2003 13:36:32 CDT" > while executing > "clock scan [lrange $a 1 end" > (procedure "PR" line 9) > invoked from within > "PR $pr" > ("foreach" body line 2) > invoked from within > "foreach pr [glob $gnatsdir] { > PR $pr > } > " > (file "./go.tcl" line 45) > *** Error code 1 > > Stop in /c/www/build/www/tools/prstats. > *** Error code 1 > > Stop in /c/www/build/www/en/prstats. > *** Error code 1 > > Stop in /c/www/build/www/en. > 77.65 real 18.35 user 0.98 sys > _______________________________________________ > freebsd-doc@freebsd.org mailing list > http://lists.freebsd.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc > To unsubscribe, send any mail to "freebsd-doc-unsubscribe@freebsd.org" -- User: DO YOU ACCEPT JESUS CHRIST AS YOUR PERSONAL LORD AND SAVIOR? Iniaes: Sure, I can accept all forms of payment. -- www.chatterboxchallenge.com From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Wed Jun 11 13:41:39 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 670E837B405 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 13:41:39 -0700 (PDT) Received: from eos.telenet-ops.be (eos.telenet-ops.be [195.130.132.40]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id DAB4D43F75 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 13:41:37 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from rimshot@pandora.be) Received: from localhost (localhost.localdomain [127.0.0.1]) by eos.telenet-ops.be (Postfix) with SMTP id 5674620215 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 22:41:34 +0200 (CEST) Received: from positron.hjc.be (D5762020.kabel.telenet.be [213.118.32.32]) by eos.telenet-ops.be (Postfix) with ESMTP id 1355920280 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 22:41:34 +0200 (CEST) Received: from positron.hjc.be (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by positron.hjc.be (8.12.9/8.12.6) with ESMTP id h5BKfXMc030324 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 22:41:33 +0200 (CEST) Received: from localhost (rimshot@localhost) by positron.hjc.be (8.12.9/8.12.6/Submit) with ESMTP id h5BKfWxW009838 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 22:41:33 +0200 (CEST) X-Authentication-Warning: positron.hjc.be: rimshot owned process doing -bs Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 22:41:32 +0200 (CEST) From: Wouter Clarie X-X-Sender: rimshot@positron.hjc.be To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Message-ID: MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII Subject: support.html X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 20:41:39 -0000 Hi, At the end of support.html of the FreeBSD website, there are some links to other operating systems. One of those links is to xMach, but the xMach.org domain isn't even registered to the author of the project (Joseph/Juli Mallett) anymore, and the website has vanished. I suggest this link be removed. //Wouter From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Wed Jun 11 15:55:14 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E321837B401 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 15:55:14 -0700 (PDT) Received: from portamoose.portamoose.com (bgrcvx034025.prexar.com [142.167.34.25]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id D13B843FA3 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 15:55:11 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from kyle@kgreen.org) Received: from kgreen.org (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by portamoose.portamoose.com (Postfix) with ESMTP id 9E224A2134 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 18:55:08 -0400 (EDT) Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 18:55:07 -0400 Mime-Version: 1.0 (Apple Message framework v552) Content-Type: text/plain; charset=US-ASCII; format=flowed From: Kyle R.Green To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Message-Id: X-Mailer: Apple Mail (2.552) Subject: .pdb format X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 22:55:15 -0000 Hello. Is there any particular reason that I need to pay $17.50 for software to read the Documentation Project's excellent documents on my Palm instead of the free Palm Reader? If there are compelling features that this iSilo has over the regular Palm Reader, then that's fine. Thanks. -- Kyle R. Green kyle@kgreen.org From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Wed Jun 11 18:16:07 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 6771237B401 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 18:16:07 -0700 (PDT) Received: from otter3.centtech.com (moat3.centtech.com [207.200.51.50]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id A5B1843F93 for ; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 18:16:06 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from anderson@centtech.com) Received: from centtech.com ([192.168.42.25]) by otter3.centtech.com (8.12.3/8.12.3) with ESMTP id h5C1G556064518; Wed, 11 Jun 2003 20:16:05 -0500 (CDT) (envelope-from anderson@centtech.com) Message-ID: <3EE7D44B.2050202@centtech.com> Date: Wed, 11 Jun 2003 20:15:55 -0500 From: Eric Anderson User-Agent: Mozilla/5.0 (X11; U; Linux i386; en-US; rv:1.0.1) Gecko/20020823 Netscape/7.0 X-Accept-Language: en-us, en MIME-Version: 1.0 To: "Kyle R.Green" References: Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii; format=flowed Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit cc: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Subject: Re: .pdb format X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 01:16:07 -0000 Kyle R.Green wrote: > Hello. > > Is there any particular reason that I need to pay $17.50 for software to > read the Documentation Project's excellent documents on my Palm instead > of the free Palm Reader? > > If there are compelling features that this iSilo has over the regular > Palm Reader, then that's fine. Kyle, there are other readers that read the .pdb format, and iSilo has a "free mode" that should still allow you to read documents and such. There are also conversion tools from pdb to other popular formats. Eric -- ------------------------------------------------------------------ Eric Anderson Systems Administrator Centaur Technology Attitudes are contagious, is yours worth catching? ------------------------------------------------------------------ From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 02:25:49 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id DC4EB37B401 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 02:25:49 -0700 (PDT) Received: from ns.mcd.ru (ns.mcd.ru [195.151.199.1]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 509D243FA3 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 02:25:47 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from vladu@mcd.ru) Received: from mcd.ru (duty.mcd.ru [195.151.199.44]) by ns.mcd.ru (8.8.8/8.8.8) with ESMTP id NAA26725 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 13:35:46 +0400 (MSD) (envelope-from vladu@mcd.ru) Message-ID: <3EE846CB.F8B156C3@mcd.ru> Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 13:24:27 +0400 From: "Vladimir P. Uvarov" X-Mailer: Mozilla 4.79 [en] (WinNT; U) X-Accept-Language: ru,en MIME-Version: 1.0 To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Content-Type: text/plain; charset=koi8-r Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit X-Mailman-Approved-At: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 04:41:11 -0700 Subject: CHECK INSTALL.TXT!!!! X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 09:25:50 -0000 INSTALL.TXT . . . For as many distributions as you wish to install from DOS (and you have free space for), install each one in a directory under C:\FREEBSD - the BIN dist is only the minimal requirement. . . . Change BIN directory to BASE From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 06:58:18 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 55FAD37B401 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 06:58:18 -0700 (PDT) Received: from blackhelicopters.org (geburah.blackhelicopters.org [209.69.178.18]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id B1D3043F85 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 06:58:17 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from mwlucas@blackhelicopters.org) Received: from blackhelicopters.org (mwlucas@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by blackhelicopters.org (8.12.8/8.12.8) with ESMTP id h5CDwHSW027112 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 09:58:17 -0400 (EDT) (envelope-from mwlucas@blackhelicopters.org) Received: (from mwlucas@localhost) by blackhelicopters.org (8.12.8/8.12.8/Submit) id h5CDwGEo027111 for doc@FreeBSD.org; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 09:58:16 -0400 (EDT) Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 09:58:16 -0400 From: "Michael W . Lucas" To: doc@FreeBSD.org Message-ID: <20030612095816.A27046@blackhelicopters.org> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline User-Agent: Mutt/1.2.5i Subject: attributions in FAQ X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 13:58:18 -0000 Hi folks, As some of you might notice, I'm working on the FAQ intensively for a few days. A couple things I've noticed: We have one and only one section, "installation", that has an author listed. I don't think that FAQ sections really have authors; they're not like the Handbook. IIRC, most of the useful information in this section went into the Handbook anyway. If we want authors listed, we should put them on either all the sections, or on individual questions, not just on one section that now sticks out like a sore toe. Also, the "acknowledgements" section is woefully obsolete. We have jkh listed, when he made only two commits to the current FAQ. While I have the highest respect for Peter da Silva, he has not been the FAQ typing machine slavey since the dark ages. Wollman hasn't committed to the current FAQ. Meanwhile, current contributors go unacknowledged. I am well aware that these people put in a huge amount of work, mind you, and we should not dismiss them in favor of us young turks who have only been active since 1999 or so. That's a definite slap in the face to our past supporters, and those who gave us something to work on. I believe that the credits section is essentially unmaintainable. One of these days, those young punks like trhodes or (gasp) hmp may be the old farts, when I've have moved on to maintaining libembezzle or something. My suggestion is that we credit people in individual questions where necessary, particularly where we quote emails and suchlike, and delete the acknowledgements page entirely. Comments? ==ml -- Michael Lucas mwlucas@FreeBSD.org, mwlucas@BlackHelicopters.org http://www.BlackHelicopters.org/~mwlucas/ Absolute OpenBSD: http://www.AbsoluteOpenBSD.com/ From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 07:09:56 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id A6A0637B401 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 07:09:56 -0700 (PDT) Received: from crf-consulting.co.uk (pc-62-31-42-106-hy.blueyonder.co.uk [62.31.42.106]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id C4A7643F3F for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 07:09:54 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from nik@crf-consulting.co.uk) Received: from clan.nothing-going-on.org (clan.nothing-going-on.org [192.168.1.20]) by crf-consulting.co.uk (8.12.3/8.12.3) with ESMTP id h5CE9fRf097071; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 15:09:41 +0100 (BST) (envelope-from nik@catkin) Received: from clan.nothing-going-on.org (localhost [127.0.0.1]) h5CE9fLG020962; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 15:09:41 +0100 (BST) (envelope-from nik@clan.nothing-going-on.org) Received: (from nik@localhost) by clan.nothing-going-on.org (8.12.8/8.12.8/Submit) id h5CE9et3020961; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 15:09:40 +0100 (BST) Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 15:09:40 +0100 From: Nik Clayton To: "Michael W . Lucas" Message-ID: <20030612140940.GA20099@clan.nothing-going-on.org> References: <20030612095816.A27046@blackhelicopters.org> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/signed; micalg=pgp-sha1; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; boundary="jRHKVT23PllUwdXP" Content-Disposition: inline In-Reply-To: <20030612095816.A27046@blackhelicopters.org> User-Agent: Mutt/1.4i Organization: FreeBSD Project cc: doc@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: attributions in FAQ X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 14:09:56 -0000 --jRHKVT23PllUwdXP Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable On Thu, Jun 12, 2003 at 09:58:16AM -0400, Michael W . Lucas wrote: > My suggestion is that we credit people in individual questions where > necessary, particularly where we quote emails and suchlike, and delete > the acknowledgements page entirely. >=20 > Comments? Works for me. N --=20 FreeBSD: The Power to Serve http://www.freebsd.org/ (__) FreeBSD Documentation Project http://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ \\\'',) \/ \= ^ --- 15B8 3FFC DDB4 34B0 AA5F 94B7 93A8 0764 2C37 E375 --- .\._/= _) --jRHKVT23PllUwdXP Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.1 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+6Imjk6gHZCw343URAiJsAJ4kqs6O0QafRYirSgpTVNTXnijPOACeLBN0 Wlsn483bE6rw3VP4fzJt1TQ= =n44J -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --jRHKVT23PllUwdXP-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 08:07:44 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 0B3CC37B401 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 08:07:44 -0700 (PDT) Received: from ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de (ms-1.rz.RWTH-Aachen.DE [134.130.3.130]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id C510843FBD for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 08:07:42 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from chris@unixpages.org) Received: from ms-2 (ms-2 [134.130.3.131]) by ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de (iPlanet Messaging Server 5.2 HotFix 1.12 (built Feb 13 2003)) with ESMTP id <0HGD00H9VJCT7Z@ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de> for doc@freebsd.org; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:07:41 +0200 (MEST) Received: from relay.RWTH-Aachen.DE ([134.130.3.1]) by ms-2 (MailMonitor for SMTP v1.2.2 ) ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:07:40 +0200 (MEST) Received: from haakonia.hitnet.rwth-aachen.de (postfix@haakonia.hitnet.RWTH-Aachen.DE [137.226.181.92]) h5CF7cNY027959; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:07:40 +0200 (MEST) Received: from gondor.middleearth (gondor.middleearth [192.168.1.42]) by haakonia.hitnet.rwth-aachen.de (Postfix) with ESMTP id 83B0329; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:08:23 +0000 (GMT) Received: by gondor.middleearth (Postfix, from userid 1001) id 6142C4744; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:07:38 +0200 (CEST) Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:07:38 +0200 From: Christian Brueffer In-reply-to: <20030612095816.A27046@blackhelicopters.org> To: "Michael W . Lucas" Message-id: <20030612150737.GF4002@unixpages.org> MIME-version: 1.0 Content-type: multipart/signed; boundary="kR3zbvD4cgoYnS/6"; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; micalg=pgp-sha1 Content-disposition: inline User-Agent: Mutt/1.4.1i X-Operating-System: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT X-PGP-Key: http://people.freebsd.org/~brueffer/brueffer.key.asc X-PGP-Fingerprint: A5C8 2099 19FF AACA F41B B29B 6C76 178C A0ED 982D References: <20030612095816.A27046@blackhelicopters.org> cc: doc@freebsd.org Subject: Re: attributions in FAQ X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 15:07:44 -0000 --kR3zbvD4cgoYnS/6 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable On Thu, Jun 12, 2003 at 09:58:16AM -0400, Michael W . Lucas wrote: > > Comments? >=20 Sounds good to me. People get listet in the contributors article anyway. - Christian --=20 Christian Brueffer chris@unixpages.org brueffer@FreeBSD.org GPG Key: http://people.freebsd.org/~brueffer/brueffer.key.asc GPG Fingerprint: A5C8 2099 19FF AACA F41B B29B 6C76 178C A0ED 982D --kR3zbvD4cgoYnS/6 Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.1 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+6Jc5bHYXjKDtmC0RAn40AKDs3K6H7txHdWi18ZYf38S1qDS/tQCePRCh mnL+FY/8XVVenJKCrN/1Cz4= =ohvR -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --kR3zbvD4cgoYnS/6-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 10:28:06 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 4858637B401 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 10:28:06 -0700 (PDT) Received: from avocado.salatschuessel.net (avocado.salatschuessel.net [80.86.187.41]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 65ACB43FA3 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 10:28:02 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from lehmann@ans-netz.de) Received: (qmail 2842 invoked from network); 12 Jun 2003 17:28:00 -0000 Received: from unknown (HELO dill.salatschuessel.net) (217.226.25.107) by avocado.salatschuessel.net with DES-CBC3-SHA encrypted SMTP; 12 Jun 2003 17:28:00 -0000 Received: (qmail 11291 invoked from network); 12 Jun 2003 17:27:59 -0000 Received: from unknown (HELO kartoffel.salatschuessel.net) (10.0.1.51) by dill.salatschuessel.net with DES-CBC3-SHA encrypted SMTP; 12 Jun 2003 17:27:59 -0000 Received: from kartoffel.salatschuessel.net (localhost [127.0.0.1]) h5CHRws9080173 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 19:27:59 +0200 (CEST) (envelope-from lehmann@ans-netz.de) Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 19:27:58 +0200 From: Oliver Lehmann To: doc@freebsd.org Message-Id: <20030612192758.1908e2a9.lehmann@ans-netz.de> X-Mailer: Sylpheed version 0.9.1 (GTK+ 1.2.10; i386-portbld-freebsd4.8) Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=US-ASCII Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Subject: Fw: porters-handbook: 15.8 Install additional documentation X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:28:06 -0000 Hi, I hope, that list is the right one for the following mail. Begin forwarded message: Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 16:36:02 +0200 From: Oliver Lehmann To: ports@freebsd.org Subject: porters-handbook: 15.8 Install additional documentation Hi, shouldn't http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/dads-documentation.html updated to use ${PORTDOCS} in pkg-plist and Makefile instead of ${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PORTNAME}? -- Oliver Lehmann @home: lehmann@ans-netz.de @office: oliver.lehmann@mgi.de @www: http://www.pofo.de/ | http://wishlist.ans-netz.de/ From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 11:08:44 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id AFE7137B401 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 11:08:44 -0700 (PDT) Received: from pa-plum1b-166.pit.adelphia.net (pa-plum1b-217.pit.adelphia.net [24.53.161.217]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E4CB743FBF for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 11:08:43 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from wmoran@potentialtech.com) Received: from potentialtech.com (working [172.16.0.95]) h5CI8hOg002248 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 14:08:43 -0400 (EDT) (envelope-from wmoran@potentialtech.com) Message-ID: <3EE8C1AB.50209@potentialtech.com> Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 14:08:43 -0400 From: Bill Moran User-Agent: Mozilla/5.0 (X11; U; FreeBSD i386; en-US; rv:1.3) Gecko/20030429 X-Accept-Language: en-us, en MIME-Version: 1.0 To: doc@freebsd.org Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii; format=flowed Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Subject: List charter X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 18:08:45 -0000 I don't know who's in charge, but the list charter for this list is pretty weak. It says "This mailing list belongs to the FreeBSD doc project", which doesn't really say anything about the list that the name "freebsd-doc@" doesn't already. The reason I'm pointing this out is becuase I have a number of posts I was considering making to the list and I'm not 100% sure they're on-topic. While many people don't bother to check the list charter before posting, some do. ;) -- Bill Moran Potential Technologies http://www.potentialtech.com From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 11:39:16 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 0333837B401; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 11:39:16 -0700 (PDT) Received: from rwcrmhc11.attbi.com (rwcrmhc11.attbi.com [204.127.198.35]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 040F343F3F; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 11:39:15 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from bmah@employees.org) Received: from bmah.dyndns.org ([12.240.204.110]) by attbi.com (rwcrmhc11) with ESMTP id <2003061218391401300anim8e>; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 18:39:14 +0000 Received: from intruder.bmah.org (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by bmah.dyndns.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5CId99c059119; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 11:39:14 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from bmah@intruder.bmah.org) Message-Id: <200306121839.h5CId99c059119@bmah.dyndns.org> X-Mailer: exmh version 2.6.3 04/04/2003 with nmh-1.0.4 To: Adrian Colley In-Reply-To: <20030602170434.GA321@cornerstone.colley.ie> References: <20030528205016.GA1214@cornerstone.colley.ie> <200305291450.h4TEoB9c084898@bmah.dyndns.org> <20030529194910.GA321@cornerstone.colley.ie> <200305301500.h4UF0o9c093116@bmah.dyndns.org> <20030602170434.GA321@cornerstone.colley.ie> Comments: In-reply-to Adrian Colley message dated "Mon, 02 Jun 2003 18:04:35 +0100." From: bmah@freebsd.org (Bruce A. Mah) X-Face: g~c`.{#4q0"(V*b#g[i~rXgm*w;:nMfz%_RZLma)UgGN&=j`5vXoU^@n5v4:OO)c["!w)nD/!!~e4Sj7LiT'6*wZ83454H""lb{CC%T37O!!'S$S&D}sem7I[A 2V%N&+ X-Image-Url: http://www.employees.org/~bmah/Images/bmah-cisco-small.gif X-Url: http://www.employees.org/~bmah/ Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/signed; boundary="==_Exmh_-1751886146P"; micalg=pgp-sha1; protocol="application/pgp-signature" Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 11:39:09 -0700 Sender: bmah@employees.org cc: doc@freebsd.org Subject: Re: Suggestions for HARDWARE.TXT X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: bmah@freebsd.org List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 18:39:16 -0000 --==_Exmh_-1751886146P Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii If memory serves me right, Adrian Colley wrote: > > OK. I'm probably going to defer this until after 5.1-RELEASE. (I'm > > trying to reduce the churn in the release documentation because this > > creates last-minute work for the translation teams.) I can do this > > anytime after the release though. If you don't see this go in within a > > week or two after the release, can you send me a ping? (Alternatively, > > file a doc PR and send me the number.) > > OK. Finally committed this! Thanks for chasing down the info. Bruce. --==_Exmh_-1751886146P Content-Type: application/pgp-signature -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.2 (FreeBSD) Comment: Exmh version 2.5+ 20020506 iD8DBQE+6MjM2MoxcVugUsMRAsT/AJ9FMshTSplvIl4o6J93hatxM5BHkQCbBNcp EdUcgZCXXNhzP4vMUPwT330= =iMiQ -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --==_Exmh_-1751886146P-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 16:42:02 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id D17A737B401; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 16:42:02 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 6FC6C43FAF; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 16:42:02 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from brueffer@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (brueffer@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5CNg2Up074913; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 16:42:02 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from brueffer@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from brueffer@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5CNg29F074909; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 01:42:02 +0200 (CEST) Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 01:42:02 +0200 (CEST) From: Christian Brueffer Message-Id: <200306122342.h5CNg29F074909@freefall.freebsd.org> To: brueffer@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org, brueffer@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/48101: There's no documentation on the fixit disk anywhere. X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 23:42:03 -0000 Synopsis: There's no documentation on the fixit disk anywhere. Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->brueffer Responsible-Changed-By: brueffer Responsible-Changed-When: Fri Jun 13 01:41:33 CEST 2003 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take this http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=48101 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 17:52:52 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 201FE37B401 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:52:52 -0700 (PDT) Received: from ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de (ms-1.rz.RWTH-Aachen.DE [134.130.3.130]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 2E83143F85 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 17:52:51 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from chris@unixpages.org) Received: from ms-1 (ms-dienst.rz.RWTH-Aachen.DE [134.130.3.132]) by ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de (iPlanet Messaging Server 5.2 HotFix 1.12 (built Feb 13 2003)) with ESMTP id <0HGE002FNAEFNV@ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de> for doc@freebsd.org; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:51:52 +0200 (MEST) Received: from relay.RWTH-Aachen.DE ([134.130.3.1]) by ms-1 (MailMonitor for SMTP v1.2.2 ) ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:51:51 +0200 (MEST) Received: from haakonia.hitnet.rwth-aachen.de (postfix@haakonia.hitnet.RWTH-Aachen.DE [137.226.181.92]) h5D0ppNY018260; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:51:51 +0200 (MEST) Received: from gondor.middleearth (gondor.middleearth [192.168.1.42]) by haakonia.hitnet.rwth-aachen.de (Postfix) with ESMTP id 77D9129; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:52:36 +0000 (GMT) Received: by gondor.middleearth (Postfix, from userid 1001) id CB1174744; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:51:50 +0200 (CEST) Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:51:50 +0200 From: Christian Brueffer In-reply-to: <20030612192758.1908e2a9.lehmann@ans-netz.de> To: Oliver Lehmann Message-id: <20030613005149.GI4002@unixpages.org> MIME-version: 1.0 Content-type: multipart/signed; boundary=mYYhpFXgKVw71fwr; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; micalg=pgp-sha1 Content-disposition: inline User-Agent: Mutt/1.4.1i X-Operating-System: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT X-PGP-Key: http://people.freebsd.org/~brueffer/brueffer.key.asc X-PGP-Fingerprint: A5C8 2099 19FF AACA F41B B29B 6C76 178C A0ED 982D References: <20030612192758.1908e2a9.lehmann@ans-netz.de> cc: doc@freebsd.org Subject: Re: Fw: porters-handbook: 15.8 Install additional documentation X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 00:52:52 -0000 --mYYhpFXgKVw71fwr Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable On Thu, Jun 12, 2003 at 07:27:58PM +0200, Oliver Lehmann wrote: > Hi, >=20 > I hope, that list is the right one for the following mail.=20 >=20 >=20 > Begin forwarded message: >=20 > Date: Tue, 10 Jun 2003 16:36:02 +0200 > From: Oliver Lehmann > To: ports@freebsd.org > Subject: porters-handbook: 15.8 Install additional documentation >=20 >=20 > Hi, >=20 > shouldn't > http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/dads-do= cumentation.html > updated to use ${PORTDOCS} in pkg-plist and Makefile instead of > ${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PORTNAME}? >=20 Yes, it'sthe right list. I'll take a look at this in the next couple of days. - Christian --=20 Christian Brueffer chris@unixpages.org brueffer@FreeBSD.org GPG Key: http://people.freebsd.org/~brueffer/brueffer.key.asc GPG Fingerprint: A5C8 2099 19FF AACA F41B B29B 6C76 178C A0ED 982D --mYYhpFXgKVw71fwr Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.1 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+6SAlbHYXjKDtmC0RAjDRAJ9Kdxi6nDT2RO3Rvpp2wSbiXodcQACfV4hO JeJ2/0zHg3qsU3lf2YkDEOM= =bD3M -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --mYYhpFXgKVw71fwr-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Thu Jun 12 18:38:57 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id ED99037B401 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 18:38:57 -0700 (PDT) Received: from gate.ge-it.nu (adsl188.omah.uswest.net [209.180.104.188]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id CB16C43FBD for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 18:38:56 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from marcel@ge-it.nu) Received: (from root@localhost) by gate.ge-it.nu (8.12.6p2/8.12.6) id h5D1dUgq041077 for doc@freebsd.org; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 20:39:30 -0500 (CDT) (envelope-from marcel@ge-it.nu) Received: from ge-it.ge-it.nu ([192.168.100.10]) by gate.ge-it.nu (8.12.6p2/8.12.6) with ESMTP id h5D1dM4C041070 for ; Thu, 12 Jun 2003 20:39:23 -0500 (CDT) (envelope-from marcel@ge-it.nu) Message-Id: <5.2.1.1.0.20030612203333.01949b58@eudoramail.com> X-Sender: schumi@a.mx.ge-it.nu X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 5.2.1 Date: Thu, 12 Jun 2003 20:44:21 -0500 To: doc@freebsd.org From: "Marcel E." Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed X-Virus-Scanned: by AMaViS perl-11 Subject: Comment about "20.9 SMTP Authentication" X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 01:38:58 -0000 Hi, A tiny suggestion... do with it what you want... just thought I'd share my views :) Maybe Point 4 on the SMTP Auth page (http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/smtp-auth.html) should include instructions on how to build the "shared libraries it needs" when they're not available (like on a clean install, cvsup src, yet no make buildworld performed). Considering the page is pretty much a step-by-step type deal, maybe it should include information on how to build these shared libraries. I was missing libsm.a and libsmutil.a on a freshly installed 4.8 system and was able to make these as follows: # cd /usr/src/lib/libsm # make obj && make depend && make # cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil # make obj && make depend && make Just may make for a nice addition and a more pleasurable sendmail/sasl experience for those that are sticking their toes in the BSD pond for the first time? (then again, one could wonder if these people really should be focussing on sendmail -- let alone an authenticating sendmail!) Have a great day! Marcel From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 02:00:32 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 6998A37B401 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:00:32 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 4B91D43FAF for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:00:31 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5D90VUp029772 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:00:31 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5D90VTl029771; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:00:31 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:00:31 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306130900.h5D90VTl029771@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, harti@FreeBSD.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 212EA37B401 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 01:55:42 -0700 (PDT) Received: from mailhub.fokus.fraunhofer.de (mailhub.fokus.fraunhofer.de [193.174.154.14]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id BBCE243FB1 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 01:55:40 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from brandt@fokus.fraunhofer.de) Received: from beagle.fokus.fraunhofer.de (beagle [193.175.132.100]) h5D8tXd10837 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 10:55:38 +0200 (MEST) Received: from beagle.fokus.fraunhofer.de (localhost [127.0.0.1]) h5D8tI3j006678 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 10:55:33 +0200 (CEST) (envelope-from hbb@beagle.fokus.fraunhofer.de) Received: (from hbb@localhost)h5D8t7SY006677; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 10:55:07 +0200 (CEST) (envelope-from hbb) Message-Id: <200306130855.h5D8t7SY006677@beagle.fokus.fraunhofer.de> Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 10:55:07 +0200 (CEST) From: harti@FreeBSD.org To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 Subject: docs/53271: the bus_dma man page fails to document alignment restrictions X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: harti@FreeBSD.org List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 09:00:32 -0000 >Number: 53271 >Category: docs >Synopsis: the bus_dma man page fails to document alignment restrictions >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: medium >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: doc-bug >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Fri Jun 13 02:00:30 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Hartmut Brandt >Release: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT i386 >Organization: Fraunhofer Fokus >Environment: System: FreeBSD beagle.fokus.fraunhofer.de 5.1-CURRENT FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT #0: Thu Jun 12 11:30:16 CEST 2003 hbb@beagle.fokus.fraunhofer.de:/opt/obj/usr/src/sys/BEAGLE i386 >Description: While it is possible to specify an alignment to the bus_dma_tag_create function this alignment is ignored in many (if not most cases). For i386 it is only effective if the tag is used to allocate memory via bus_dmamem_alloc() and that memory is larger than PAGE_SIZE. For sparc64 the minimum alignment that may be specified seems to be a IO_PAGE_SIZE. Other architectures probably have equivalent restrictions. Many io devices need buffers that are aligned to 4-byte or other boundaries. In these cases specifying an alignment does NOT help. This should be documented as an implementation limitation, because it can cause driver developers much grief searching for the problem. >How-To-Repeat: look at sys/i386/i386/bus_machdep.c, sys/sparc64/sparc64/{bus_machdep,iommu}.c >Fix: Add something like the following to either the paragraph about bus_dma_tag_create or into a BUGS or IMPLEMENTATION NOTES section: The alignment argument to bus_dma_tag_create cannot be used to enforce alignments that are lesser than a PAGE_SIZE. Generally it should be assumed that the argument is ignored by the bus_dma code. >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 02:10:29 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E5F6D37B401 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:10:29 -0700 (PDT) Received: from shrike.submonkey.net (pc1-cdif2-5-cust38.cdif.cable.ntl.com [81.101.150.38]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 5103743F75 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 02:10:29 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from setantae@submonkey.net) Received: from setantae by shrike.submonkey.net with local (Exim 4.20) id 19QkZd-0002Vj-U1; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 10:10:17 +0100 Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 10:10:17 +0100 From: Ceri Davies To: Bill Moran Message-ID: <20030613091017.GA9626@submonkey.net> Mail-Followup-To: Ceri Davies , Bill Moran , doc@freebsd.org References: <3EE8C1AB.50209@potentialtech.com> Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline In-Reply-To: <3EE8C1AB.50209@potentialtech.com> User-Agent: Mutt/1.5.4i Sender: Ceri Davies cc: doc@freebsd.org Subject: Re: List charter X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 09:10:30 -0000 On Thu, Jun 12, 2003 at 02:08:43PM -0400, Bill Moran wrote: > I don't know who's in charge, but the list charter for this list is > pretty weak. It says "This mailing list belongs to the FreeBSD doc > project", which doesn't really say anything about the list that the > name "freebsd-doc@" doesn't already. > > The reason I'm pointing this out is becuase I have a number of posts > I was considering making to the list and I'm not 100% sure they're > on-topic. While many people don't bother to check the list charter > before posting, some do. ;) If it's about the documentation, it's on topic. If it's about free beer, then it's off topic, but we'll let it slide. Ceri -- User: DO YOU ACCEPT JESUS CHRIST AS YOUR PERSONAL LORD AND SAVIOR? Iniaes: Sure, I can accept all forms of payment. -- www.chatterboxchallenge.com From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 05:22:45 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 4309F37B401 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 05:22:45 -0700 (PDT) Received: from istanbul.enderunix.org (istanbul.enderunix.org [212.65.128.82]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with SMTP id A08B443FB1 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 05:22:40 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from ofsen@enderunix.org) Received: (qmail 46156 invoked by uid 1003); 13 Jun 2003 12:23:36 -0000 Message-ID: <20030613122336.46153.qmail@istanbul.enderunix.org> From: Omer Faruk Sen To: doc@freebsd.org Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 15:23:35 +0300 Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; format=flowed; charset="iso-8859-1" Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Subject: FreeBSD article in a magazine at Turkey X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:22:45 -0000 I have mailed this e-mail to www@freebsd.org one week ago but I think it was the wrong place cause in news/press.html it is written that "If you know of any news stories featuring FreeBSD that we have not listed here, please send details to doc@FreeBSD.org so that we can include them" REGARDS.. ----------------------- Hi, We as enderunix.org have written an article about FreeBSD at BYTE magazine's Turkey branch (www.byte.com.tr) (June 2003 edition) to promote FreeBSD at Turkey. The article is 14 pages long and contains these titles: What is FreeBSD? BSD History BSD Model Available BSD OSes FreeBSD Installation (Step by step installation with screenshots) I have contacted with FreeBSD core team and they have told me when magazine is out with sending mail to www@freebsd.org the article can be mentioned at "Press Section" of FreeBSD's homepage. The magazine managers are thinking to give away FreeBSD 4.8 Installation CD next month (July 2003) ----------------------- Omer Faruk Sen http://www.EnderUNIX.ORG Software Development Team @ Turkey http://www.Faruk.NET For Public key: http://www.enderunix.org/ofsen/ofsen.asc ******************************************************** A Handy Vi command: :s/Linux/\*BSD/g From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 11:48:26 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 60EB637B404; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 11:48:26 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E5E3B43FBD; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 11:48:25 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from hmp@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (hmp@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5DImPUp088706; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 11:48:25 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from hmp@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from hmp@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5DImP1D088702; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 11:48:25 -0700 (PDT) Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 11:48:25 -0700 (PDT) From: Hiten Pandya Message-Id: <200306131848.h5DImP1D088702@freefall.freebsd.org> To: hmp@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org, hmp@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/53271: the bus_dma man page fails to document alignment restrictions X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 18:48:26 -0000 Synopsis: the bus_dma man page fails to document alignment restrictions Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->hmp Responsible-Changed-By: hmp Responsible-Changed-When: Fri Jun 13 11:47:37 PDT 2003 Responsible-Changed-Why: Hmm, interesting. I will take care of this issue after discussing it with Justin. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=53271 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 12:30:23 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 2B08B37B40A for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:30:22 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 138F743FE3 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:30:19 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5DJUGUp097055 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:30:16 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5DJUGCh097054; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:30:16 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:30:16 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306131930.h5DJUGCh097054@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, Lukas Ertl Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id DC18C37B401; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:30:03 -0700 (PDT) Received: from mailbox.univie.ac.at (mail.univie.ac.at [131.130.1.27]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id EEC8743FA3; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:30:01 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from le@univie.ac.at) Received: from korben.in.tern (dialin202.cc.univie.ac.at [131.130.202.202]) by mailbox.univie.ac.at (8.12.2/8.12.2) with ESMTP id h5DJTYoQ015670; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 21:29:39 +0200 Received: from korben.in.tern (korben.in.tern [127.0.0.1]) by korben.in.tern (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5DJTRms001738; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 21:29:28 +0200 (CEST) (envelope-from le@korben.in.tern) Received: (from le@localhost) by korben.in.tern (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5DJTNqO001737; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 21:29:23 +0200 (CEST) (envelope-from le) Message-Id: <200306131929.h5DJTNqO001737@korben.in.tern> Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 21:29:23 +0200 (CEST) From: Lukas Ertl To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 cc: freebsd-mobile@FreeBSD.org Subject: docs/53292: [PATCH] update to doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Lukas Ertl List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 19:30:23 -0000 >Number: 53292 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] update to doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: update >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Fri Jun 13 12:30:16 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Lukas Ertl >Release: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT i386 >Organization: Vienna University Computer Center >Environment: System: FreeBSD korben 5.1-CURRENT FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT #10: Wed Jun 11 23:19:20 CEST 2003 le@korben:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/KORBEN i386 >Description: The laptop article of the FDP is quite out of date. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: This patch brings doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml a little more up to date, especially the power management section. The PC card section might need some more touch up, but since I don't use any PC cards I hope someone other can take a look at it, so I'm CC'ing freebsd-mobile@ as the source of authority :-) --- laptop.article.sgml.diff begins here --- Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.12 diff -u -r1.12 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml 23 May 2003 17:14:04 -0000 1.12 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml 13 Jun 2003 19:19:55 -0000 @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ FreeBSD on Laptops $FreeBSD: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml,v 1.12 2003/05/23 17:14:04 blackend Exp $ - + FreeBSD works fine on most laptops, with a few caveats. Some issues specific to running FreeBSD on laptops, relating @@ -37,71 +37,78 @@ are not encountered on desktop machines and are not commonly discussed (laptops, even more than desktops, are fine-tuned for Microsoft Windows). This article aims to discuss some of these - issues. + issues. Several people have also documented their experiences + with FreeBSD on specific laptop models on webpages which are not + part of the FreeBSD documentation. You might very well find some + information if you type the name of your laptop model and the + word FreeBSD into a search engine of your + choice. - + XFree86 - - Recent versions of XFree86 work with most display adapters - available on laptops these days. Acceleration may not be - supported, but a generic SVGA configuration should work. - - Check your laptop documentation for which card you have, - and check in the XFree86 documentation (or setup program) - to see whether it is specifically supported. If it is not, use - a generic device (do not go for a name which just looks - similar). In XFree86 version 4, you can try your luck - with the command XFree86 -configure - which auto-detects a lot of configurations. + + Recent versions of XFree86 work + with most display adapters available on laptops these days. + Acceleration may not be supported, but a generic SVGA + configuration should work. + + Check your laptop documentation for which card you have, and + check in the XFree86 documentation + (or setup program) to see whether it is specifically supported. + If it is not, use a generic device (do not go for a name which + just looks similar). In XFree86 + version 4, you can try your luck with the command + XFree86 -configure which auto-detects a + lot of configurations. The problem often is configuring the monitor. Common - resources for XFree86 focus on CRT monitors; getting a - suitable modeline for an LCD display may be tricky. You may - be lucky and not need to specify a modeline, or just need to - specify suitable HorizSync and VertRefresh ranges. If that - does not work, the best option is to check web resources + resources for XFree86 focus on CRT + monitors; getting a suitable modeline for an LCD display may be + tricky. You may be lucky and not need to specify a modeline, or + just need to specify suitable HorizSync and VertRefresh ranges. + If that does not work, the best option is to check web resources devoted to configuring X on laptops (these are often linux-oriented sites but it does not matter because both systems - use XFree86) and copy a modeline posted by someone for similar - hardware. + use XFree86) and copy a modeline + posted by someone for similar hardware. Most laptops come with two buttons on their pointing - devices, which is rather problematic in X (since the middle - button is commonly used to paste text); you can map a - simultaneous left-right click in your X configuration to - a middle button click with the line - - - Option "Emulate3Buttons" - - - in the XF86Config file in the InputDevice - section (for XFree86 version 4; for version 3, put just the line - Emulate3Buttons, without the quotes, in the + devices, which is rather problematic in X (since the middle + button is commonly used to paste text); you can map a + simultaneous left-right click in your X configuration to a + middle button click with the line + Option "Emulate3Buttons" in + the XF86Config file in the + InputDevice section (for XFree86 version 4; + for version 3, put just the line + Emulate3Buttons, without the quotes, in the Pointer section.) - - + + + Modems - + Laptops usually come with internal (on-board) modems. - Unfortunately, this almost always means they are - winmodems whose - functionality is implemented in software, for which only windows - drivers are normally available (though a few drivers are beginning - to show up for other operating systems). If that is the case, you - need to buy an external modem: the most compact option is - probably a PC Card (PCMCIA) modem, discussed below, but - serial or USB modems may be cheaper. Generally, regular - modems (non-winmodems) should work fine. + Unfortunately, this almost always means they are + winmodems whose functionality is implemented in + software, for which only windows drivers are normally available + (though a few drivers are beginning to show up for other + operating systems; for example, if your modem has a Lucent LT + chipset it might be supported by the comms/ltmdm port). If that is the + case, you need to buy an external modem: the most compact option + is probably a PC Card (PCMCIA) modem, discussed below, but + serial or USB modems may be cheaper. Generally, regular modems + (non-winmodems) should work fine. - + - + PCMCIA (PC Card) devices - Most laptops come with PCMCIA (also called PC Card) + Most laptops come with PCMCIA (also called PC Card) slots; these are supported fine under FreeBSD. Look through your boot-up messages (using &man.dmesg.8;) and see whether these were detected correctly (they should appear as @@ -109,25 +116,26 @@ pccard1 etc on devices like pcic0). - FreeBSD currently supports 16-bit PCMCIA cards, but not - 32-bit (CardBus) cards. A database of supported - cards is in the file /etc/defaults/pccard.conf. - Look through it, and preferably buy cards listed there. Cards not - listed may also work as generic devices: in - particular most modems (16-bit) should work fine, provided they - are not winmodems (these do exist even as PC Cards, so watch out). - If your card is recognised as a generic modem, note that the - default pccard.conf file specifies a delay time of 10 seconds - (to avoid freezes on certain modems); this may well be - over-cautious for your modem, so you may want to play with it, - reducing it or removing it totally. - - Some parts of pccard.conf may need - editing. Check the irq line, and be sure to remove any number - already being used: in particular, if you have an on board sound - card, remove irq 5 (otherwise you may experience hangs when you - insert a card). Check also the available memory slots; if your - card is not being detected, try changing it to one of the other + FreeBSD 4.x supports 16-bit PCMCIA cards, and FreeBSD 5.x + supports both 16-bit and 32-bit (CardBus) cards. + A database of supported cards is in the file + /etc/defaults/pccard.conf. Look through + it, and preferably buy cards listed there. Cards not listed may + also work as generic devices: in particular most + modems (16-bit) should work fine, provided they are not + winmodems (these do exist even as PC Cards, so watch out). If + your card is recognised as a generic modem, note that the + default pccard.conf file specifies a delay + time of 10 seconds (to avoid freezes on certain modems); this + may well be over-cautious for your modem, so you may want to + play with it, reducing it or removing it totally. + + Some parts of pccard.conf may need + editing. Check the irq line, and be sure to remove any number + already being used: in particular, if you have an on board sound + card, remove irq 5 (otherwise you may experience hangs when you + insert a card). Check also the available memory slots; if your + card is not being detected, try changing it to one of the other allowed values (listed in the manual page &man.pccardc.8;). @@ -141,11 +149,11 @@ There have been major changes to the pccard code (including ISA routing of interrupts, for machines whose PCI BIOS FreeBSD can not seem to use) before the FreeBSD 4.4 - release. If you have problems, try upgrading your system. - - + release. If you have problems, try upgrading your system. - + + + Power management @@ -153,32 +161,134 @@ FreeBSD. If you are lucky, some functions may work reliably; or they may not work at all. - To enable this, you may need to compile a kernel with - power management support (device apm0) or - add the option enable apm0 to - /boot/loader.conf, and - also enable the &man.apmd.8; daemon at boot time (line - apm_enable="YES" in - /etc/rc.conf). The apm commands are - listed in the &man.apm.8; manual page. For instance, - apm -b gives you battery status (or 255 if - not supported), apm -Z puts the laptop on - standby, apm -z (or zzz) suspends it. To - shutdown and power off the machine, use shutdown -p. - Again, some or all of these functions may not work very well - or at all. You may find that laptop suspension/standby works - in console mode but not under X (that is, the screen does not - come on again; in that case, switch to a virtual console - (using Ctrl-Alt-F1 or another function key) and then execute - the &man.apm.8; command. - + To make things a little more complex, there are two existing + standards for power management: APM and ACPI, the latter + superseding the former and including more features, but also + introducing more problems. + + Some laptops support both APM and ACPI (to a certain + degree), others just support one of them, so chances are that + you have to experiment with both of them to have reliable power + management on your laptop. + + + You cannot have APM and ACPI enabled at the same time, + even if your laptop has support for both of them. + + + + APM + + The APM (Advanced Power Management) BIOS provides support + for various power management features like standby, suspend, + hibernation, CPU clock slow down etc. and is available + under FreeBSD 4.x and FreeBSD 5.x. + + To enable APM, you can compile a kernel with power + management support (device apm0 on FreeBSD + 4.x and device apm on FreeBSD 5.x) or + simply load the APM kernel module at boot time by adding + enable apm0 (FreeBSD 4.x) or + apm_load="YES" (FreeBSD 5.x) to + /boot/loader.conf. + + On FreeBSD 5.x, you also have to set + hint.apm.0.disabled="0" in + /boot/device.hints. + + You can start APM at boot time by having + apm_enable="YES" in + /etc/rc.conf. You may also want start + the &man.apmd.8; daemon by adding + apmd_enable="YES" to + /etc/rc.conf, which takes care of + various APM events that are posted to the BIOS, so you can + have your laptop suspend/resume by pressing some function + key on the keyboard or by closing/opening the lid. + + The APM commands are listed in &man.apm.8;. For instance, + apm -b gives you battery status (or 255 if + not supported), apm -Z puts the laptop on + standby, apm -z (or zzz) + suspends it. To shutdown and power off the machine, use + shutdown -p. Again, some or all of these + functions may not work very well or at all. + + You may find that laptop suspension/standby works in + console mode but not under X (that is, the screen does not + come on again); if you are running FreeBSD 5.x, one solution + for this might be to put + options SC_NO_SUSPEND_VTYSWITCH + in your kernel config file and recompile your kernel. Another + workaround is to switch to a virtual console (using + Ctrl-Alt-F1 or another function key) and then execute + &man.apm.8;. You can automate this with &man.vidcontrol.1;, + if you are running &man.apmd.8;. Simply edit + /etc/apmd.conf and change it to + this: + + apm_event SUSPENDREQ { + exec "vidcontrol -s 1 < /dev/console"; + exec "/etc/rc.suspend"; +} + +apm_event USERSUSPENDREQ { + exec "vidcontrol -s 1 < /dev/console"; + exec "sync && sync && sync"; + exec "sleep 1"; + exec "apm -z"; +} + +apm_event NORMRESUME, STANDBYRESUME { + exec "/etc/rc.resume"; + exec "vidcontrol -s 9 < /dev/console"; +} + + + + + ACPI + + ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Management + Interface) provides not only power management but also + platform hardware discovery (superseding PnP and PCI BIOS). + ACPI is only available under FreeBSD 5.x and is enabled by + default, so you don't have to do anything special to get it + running. You can control ACPI behaviour with + &man.acpiconf.8;. + + Unfortunately, vendors often ship their laptops with + broken ACPI implementations, thus having ACPI enabled + sometimes causes more problems than being useful, up to the + point that you cannot even boot FreeBSD on some machines with + ACPI enabled. + + If ACPI is causing problems, you might check if your + laptop vendor has released a new BIOS version that fixes some + bugs. Since the FreeBSD ACPI implementation is still very + evolving code, you might also want to upgrade your system; + chances are that your problems are fixed. + + If you want to disable ACPI simply add + hint.acpi.0.disabled="1" to + /boot/device.hints. You can disable ACPI + temporarily at the boot loader prompt by issueing + unset acpi_load if you are having problems + booting an ACPI enabled machine. + + + + + Display Power Management + + The X window system (XFree86) + also includes display power management (look at the &man.xset.1; + manual page, and search for dpms there). You may + want to investigate this. However, this, too, works + inconsistently on laptops: it often turns off the display but + does not turn off the backlight. - The X window system (XFree86) also includes display power - management (look at the &man.xset.1; manual page, and search for - dpms there). You may want to investigate this. However, this, - too, works inconsistently on laptops: it - often turns off the display but does not turn off the - backlight. + --- laptop.article.sgml.diff ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 12:40:42 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 43F3837B401; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:40:42 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id D418743FA3; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:40:41 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from blackend@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (blackend@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5DJefUp099466; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:40:41 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from blackend@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from blackend@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5DJefW3099462; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:40:41 -0700 (PDT) Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 12:40:41 -0700 (PDT) From: Marc Fonvieille Message-Id: <200306131940.h5DJefW3099462@freefall.freebsd.org> To: blackend@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org, blackend@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/53292: [PATCH] update to doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 19:40:42 -0000 Synopsis: [PATCH] update to doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/laptop/article.sgml Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->blackend Responsible-Changed-By: blackend Responsible-Changed-When: Fri Jun 13 12:39:39 PDT 2003 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll take this one. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=53292 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 14:24:03 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id D950937B401 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 14:24:03 -0700 (PDT) Received: from heaven.gigo.com (heaven.gigo.com [64.57.102.22]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E588243FCB for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 14:24:02 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from lioux@brturbo.com) Received: from 200-181-091-018.bsace7003.dsl.brasiltelecom.net.br (200-181-091-018.bsace7003.dsl.brasiltelecom.net.br [200.181.91.18]) by heaven.gigo.com (Postfix) with ESMTP id 4ECFEB70C for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 14:24:01 -0700 (PDT) Received: (qmail 94521 invoked by uid 1001); 13 Jun 2003 21:22:51 -0000 Message-ID: <20030613212251.94520.qmail@exxodus.fedaykin.here> Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 18:22:29 -0300 From: Mario Sergio Fujikawa Ferreira To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Mime-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/signed; micalg=pgp-sha1; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; boundary="OgqxwSJOaUobr8KG" Content-Disposition: inline X-Operating-System: FreeBSD 4.8-STABLE X-Disclaimer: I hope you find what you are looking for... in life :) User-Agent: Mutt/1.5.4i Subject: USB entry in src/UPDATING X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 21:24:04 -0000 --OgqxwSJOaUobr8KG Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable Hi, I am running a FreeBSD -STABLE ever since December 2001. It has been updated following src/UPDATING tips every step of the way. FreeBSD exxodus.here.here 4.8-STABLE FreeBSD 4.8-STABLE #0: Mon Jun 9 04:5= 6:05 BRT 2003 lioux@exxodus.here.here:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/LIOUX i386 Recently, I was having problems building devel/sdl12 port. I tracked down the problem to: $ ls -l /usr/lib|grep -i usb -r--r--r-- 1 root wheel 9256 Mar 21 2002 libusb.a lrwxr-xr-x 1 root wheel 11 Mar 21 2002 libusb.so -> libusb.so.0 -r--r--r-- 1 root wheel 8976 Mar 21 2002 libusb.so.0 -r--r--r-- 1 root wheel 9980 Mar 21 2002 libusb_p.a -r--r--r-- 1 root wheel 10284 Jun 9 12:48 libusbhid.a lrwxr-xr-x 1 root wheel 14 Jun 9 12:48 libusbhid.so -> libusbhid.= so.0 -r--r--r-- 1 root wheel 9908 Jun 9 12:48 libusbhid.so.0 -r--r--r-- 1 root wheel 11072 Jun 9 12:48 libusbhid_p.a $ ls -l /usr/include|grep -i usb -r--r--r-- 1 root wheel 3457 Dec 17 2001 libusb.h -r--r--r-- 1 root wheel 3472 Apr 6 2002 libusbhid.h As you can see, libusb was last updated by March 2002. And, it should be removed since it was deprecated in favor of libusbhid. It would not be a problem if sdl12 wasn't using the presence of header file libusb.h as means of identifying the FreeBSD system version. Anyway, I propose the following addition to src/UPDATING. At least, in -STABLE. To make sure you do not have stale libusb library and headers # rm -Rf /usr/lib/libusb.* /usr/lib/libusb_p.a # rm -Rf /usr/include/libusb.h Regards, --=20 Mario S F Ferreira - DF - Brazil - "I guess this is a signature." FreeBSD Committer | FreeBSD-KDE Core Team | CS Developer feature, n: a documented bug | bug, n: an undocumented feature --OgqxwSJOaUobr8KG Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.2 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+6kCq99ikl0dk/7oRAvhPAKC8Tl0R4vsVeuLI+xdfEs5hGHRfRgCfa3RN pWTR2t6EyMIbO2A4sRklR3E= =mqfX -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --OgqxwSJOaUobr8KG-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 14:54:20 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 3CFA337B404; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 14:54:20 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id CE68D4400E; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 14:54:19 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from trhodes@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (trhodes@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5DLsJUp013650; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 14:54:19 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from trhodes@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from trhodes@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5DLsJgZ013646; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 14:54:19 -0700 (PDT) Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 14:54:19 -0700 (PDT) From: Tom Rhodes Message-Id: <200306132154.h5DLsJgZ013646@freefall.freebsd.org> To: darklogik@pittgoth.com, trhodes@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org, trhodes@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/48407: PPP section needs a cleanup. X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 21:54:20 -0000 Synopsis: PPP section needs a cleanup. State-Changed-From-To: open->closed State-Changed-By: trhodes State-Changed-When: Fri Jun 13 14:53:28 PDT 2003 State-Changed-Why: Close this. I'm doing an overhaul and this is listed on the handbook3.sgml TODO list. Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->trhodes Responsible-Changed-By: trhodes Responsible-Changed-When: Fri Jun 13 14:53:28 PDT 2003 Responsible-Changed-Why: Over to me. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=48407 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 16:50:15 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 661C837B401 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:50:15 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 608E743FBD for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:50:14 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5DNoEUp025243 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:50:14 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5DNoEKB025242; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:50:14 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:50:14 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306132350.h5DNoEKB025242@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, Lars Eggert Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 7C19737B401 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:40:55 -0700 (PDT) Received: from nik.isi.edu (nik.isi.edu [128.9.168.58]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 0CEB943F93 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:40:55 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from larse@nik.isi.edu) Received: from nik.isi.edu (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by nik.isi.edu (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5DNesLM068775 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:40:54 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from larse@nik.isi.edu) Received: (from larse@localhost) by nik.isi.edu (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5DNesZX068774; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:40:54 -0700 (PDT) Message-Id: <200306132340.h5DNesZX068774@nik.isi.edu> Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 16:40:54 -0700 (PDT) From: Lars Eggert To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 Subject: docs/53303: mount(2) man page error X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Lars Eggert List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Fri, 13 Jun 2003 23:50:15 -0000 >Number: 53303 >Category: docs >Synopsis: mount(2) man page error >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: change-request >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Fri Jun 13 16:50:13 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Lars Eggert >Release: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT i386 >Organization: >Environment: System: FreeBSD nik.isi.edu 5.1-CURRENT FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT #1: Thu Jun 12 10:02:16 PDT 2003 root@nik.isi.edu:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/KERNEL-1.23 i386 >Description: The mount(2) man page implicitly refers to a nonexisting mount_ufs man page in this paragraph: Data is a pointer to a structure that contains the type specific argu- ments to mount. The format for these argument structures is described in the manual page for each filesystem. By convention filesystem manual pages are named by prefixing ``mount_'' to the name of the filesystem as returned by lsvfs(1). Thus the NFS filesystem is described by the mount_nfs(8) manual page. Since lsvfs lists "ufs" as a file system name, mount_ufs should exist that documents toe appropriate structure. >How-To-Repeat: # lsvfs Filesystem Refs Flags -------------------------------- ----- --------------- ufs 2 procfs 1 synthetic linprocfs 1 synthetic ntfs 1 nfs 4 network # man mount_ufs No manual entry for mount_ufs >Fix: >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Fri Jun 13 17:54:08 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 159C037B405 for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 17:54:08 -0700 (PDT) Received: from ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de (ms-1.rz.RWTH-Aachen.DE [134.130.3.130]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 985FA43FDF for ; Fri, 13 Jun 2003 17:54:06 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from chris@unixpages.org) Received: from ms-2 (ms-2 [134.130.3.131]) by ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de (iPlanet Messaging Server 5.2 HotFix 1.12 (built Feb 13 2003)) with ESMTP id <0HGG00JKC50MWD@ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de> for doc@freebsd.org; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 02:50:46 +0200 (MEST) Received: from relay.RWTH-Aachen.DE ([134.130.3.1]) by ms-2 (MailMonitor for SMTP v1.2.2 ) ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 02:48:54 +0200 (MEST) Received: from haakonia.hitnet.rwth-aachen.de (postfix@haakonia.hitnet.RWTH-Aachen.DE [137.226.181.92]) h5E0mpNY013064; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 02:48:53 +0200 (MEST) Received: from gondor.middleearth (gondor.middleearth [192.168.1.42]) by haakonia.hitnet.rwth-aachen.de (Postfix) with ESMTP id CE03E29; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 02:49:36 +0000 (GMT) Received: by gondor.middleearth (Postfix, from userid 1001) id 4454E4738; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 02:48:47 +0200 (CEST) Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 02:48:47 +0200 From: Christian Brueffer In-reply-to: <20030613122336.46153.qmail@istanbul.enderunix.org> To: Omer Faruk Sen Message-id: <20030614004846.GM4002@unixpages.org> MIME-version: 1.0 Content-type: multipart/signed; boundary=nhAUiXSLan16V5i8; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; micalg=pgp-sha1 Content-disposition: inline User-Agent: Mutt/1.4.1i X-Operating-System: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT X-PGP-Key: http://people.freebsd.org/~brueffer/brueffer.key.asc X-PGP-Fingerprint: A5C8 2099 19FF AACA F41B B29B 6C76 178C A0ED 982D References: <20030613122336.46153.qmail@istanbul.enderunix.org> cc: doc@freebsd.org Subject: Re: FreeBSD article in a magazine at Turkey X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 00:54:08 -0000 --nhAUiXSLan16V5i8 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable On Fri, Jun 13, 2003 at 03:23:35PM +0300, Omer Faruk Sen wrote: > I have mailed this e-mail to www@freebsd.org one week ago but I think it= =20 > was the wrong place cause in news/press.html it is written that "If you= =20 > know of any news stories featuring FreeBSD that we have not listed here,= =20 > please send details to doc@FreeBSD.org so that we can include them"=20 >=20 > REGARDS..=20 >=20 Hi, nice to hear this! However, I'm not sure wheather it is useful to add this to the press section. Most people won't be able to read it. It would definetly fit into the press section of a turkish translation of the website. Do we have a 'charta' for adding (or not adding) links to non-english articles to the press section? - Christian --=20 Christian Brueffer chris@unixpages.org brueffer@FreeBSD.org GPG Key: http://people.freebsd.org/~brueffer/brueffer.key.asc GPG Fingerprint: A5C8 2099 19FF AACA F41B B29B 6C76 178C A0ED 982D --nhAUiXSLan16V5i8 Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.1 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+6nDubHYXjKDtmC0RAnvtAKCMJQdP7fKVSgjNgs0VbKdwjgcCVACgx4bJ bkaI9+uv2oXTzNwEbNzfYBQ= =5KO5 -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --nhAUiXSLan16V5i8-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sat Jun 14 04:01:48 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 5489D37B401 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 04:01:48 -0700 (PDT) Received: from ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de (ms-1.rz.RWTH-Aachen.DE [134.130.3.130]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 74DE943F75 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 04:01:47 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from chris@unixpages.org) Received: from ms-2 (ms-2 [134.130.3.131]) by ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de (iPlanet Messaging Server 5.2 HotFix 1.12 (built Feb 13 2003)) with ESMTP id <0HGG004KAX6U31@ms-dienst.rz.rwth-aachen.de> for freebsd-doc@freebsd.org; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 12:59:19 +0200 (MEST) Received: from relay.RWTH-Aachen.DE ([134.130.3.1]) by ms-2 (MailMonitor for SMTP v1.2.2 ) ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 12:59:18 +0200 (MEST) Received: from haakonia.hitnet.rwth-aachen.de (postfix@haakonia.hitnet.RWTH-Aachen.DE [137.226.181.92]) h5EAxINY021476; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 12:59:18 +0200 (MEST) Received: from gondor.middleearth (gondor.middleearth [192.168.1.42]) by haakonia.hitnet.rwth-aachen.de (Postfix) with ESMTP id 8014829; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 13:00:03 +0000 (GMT) Received: by gondor.middleearth (Postfix, from userid 1001) id 635904738; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 12:59:18 +0200 (CEST) Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 12:59:18 +0200 From: Christian Brueffer In-reply-to: To: Wouter Clarie Message-id: <20030614105917.GO4002@unixpages.org> MIME-version: 1.0 Content-type: multipart/signed; boundary=Osvg0bgWkLaeQPMj; protocol="application/pgp-signature"; micalg=pgp-sha1 Content-disposition: inline User-Agent: Mutt/1.4.1i X-Operating-System: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT X-PGP-Key: http://people.freebsd.org/~brueffer/brueffer.key.asc X-PGP-Fingerprint: A5C8 2099 19FF AACA F41B B29B 6C76 178C A0ED 982D References: cc: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org Subject: Re: support.html X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 11:01:48 -0000 --Osvg0bgWkLaeQPMj Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii Content-Disposition: inline Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable On Wed, Jun 11, 2003 at 10:41:32PM +0200, Wouter Clarie wrote: >=20 > Hi, >=20 > At the end of support.html of the FreeBSD website, there are some links to > other operating systems. One of those links is to xMach, but the xMach.org > domain isn't even registered to the author of the project (Joseph/Juli > Mallett) anymore, and the website has vanished. I suggest this link be > removed. >=20 I have removed the reference, thanks for the hint. - Christian --=20 Christian Brueffer chris@unixpages.org brueffer@FreeBSD.org GPG Key: http://people.freebsd.org/~brueffer/brueffer.key.asc GPG Fingerprint: A5C8 2099 19FF AACA F41B B29B 6C76 178C A0ED 982D --Osvg0bgWkLaeQPMj Content-Type: application/pgp-signature Content-Disposition: inline -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE----- Version: GnuPG v1.2.1 (FreeBSD) iD8DBQE+6wAFbHYXjKDtmC0RAhKeAKDHDIYsCMTxwOkkmVkT4nar7LQi6ACgq1aT c5/CudPmJvwuE8QyULLaWoE= =gWrO -----END PGP SIGNATURE----- --Osvg0bgWkLaeQPMj-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sat Jun 14 04:37:10 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E781637B401; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 04:37:10 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 8206943FAF; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 04:37:10 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from ceri@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (ceri@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5EBbAUp019063; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 04:37:10 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from ceri@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from ceri@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5EBbANq019059; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 04:37:10 -0700 (PDT) Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 04:37:10 -0700 (PDT) From: Ceri Davies Message-Id: <200306141137.h5EBbANq019059@freefall.freebsd.org> To: ceri@FreeBSD.org, gnats-admin@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/53291: [patch] Ports section of handbook doesn't mention /usr/local/etc/rc.d X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 11:37:11 -0000 Synopsis: [patch] Ports section of handbook doesn't mention /usr/local/etc/rc.d Class-Changed-From-To: sw-bug->doc-bug Class-Changed-By: ceri Class-Changed-When: Sat Jun 14 04:34:44 PDT 2003 Class-Changed-Why: This is a docs issue. Responsible-Changed-From-To: gnats-admin->freebsd-doc Responsible-Changed-By: ceri Responsible-Changed-When: Sat Jun 14 04:34:44 PDT 2003 Responsible-Changed-Why: Reassign misfiled PR. http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=53291 From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sat Jun 14 05:50:36 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id EDB6737B401 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 05:50:35 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 72C3C43FB1 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 05:50:18 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5ECoCUp043156 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 05:50:12 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5ECoCmU043155; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 05:50:12 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 05:50:12 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306141250.h5ECoCmU043155@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, Lukas Ertl Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id AA57C37B401 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 05:46:06 -0700 (PDT) Received: from mailbox.univie.ac.at (mail.univie.ac.at [131.130.1.27]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E230243F3F for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 05:45:56 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from le@univie.ac.at) Received: from korben.in.tern (dialin202.cc.univie.ac.at [131.130.202.202]) by mailbox.univie.ac.at (8.12.2/8.12.2) with ESMTP id h5ECj9oQ194174 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:45:13 +0200 Received: from korben.in.tern (korben.in.tern [127.0.0.1]) by korben.in.tern (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5ECj6GM001701 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:45:07 +0200 (CEST) (envelope-from le@korben.in.tern) Received: (from le@localhost) by korben.in.tern (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5ECj5T6001700; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:45:05 +0200 (CEST) (envelope-from le) Message-Id: <200306141245.h5ECj5T6001700@korben.in.tern> Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:45:05 +0200 (CEST) From: Lukas Ertl To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 X-Mailman-Approved-At: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 05:58:09 -0700 Subject: docs/53315: [PATCH] remove extraneous whitespace at the end of lines in articles X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Lukas Ertl List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 12:50:36 -0000 >Number: 53315 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [PATCH] remove extraneous whitespace at the end of lines in articles >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: update >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Sat Jun 14 05:50:11 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Lukas Ertl >Release: FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT i386 >Organization: Vienna University Computer Center >Environment: System: FreeBSD korben 5.1-CURRENT FreeBSD 5.1-CURRENT #10: Wed Jun 11 23:19:20 CEST 2003 le@korben:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/KORBEN i386 >Description: >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: This mega-patch removes extraneous whitespace at the end of lines in the documentation articles. --- articles.diff begins here --- Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//console-server/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/console-server/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.12 diff -u -r1.12 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//console-server/article.sgml 1 Feb 2003 17:49:28 -0000 1.12 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//console-server/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:34:45 -0000 @@ -855,20 +855,20 @@ printed labels *before* putting on the connectors is the best way I have seen for marking what they are. -
  • You can also use Panduit or similar tags that -you put on with nylon tie straps, but I find the ink wears off the +
  • You can also use Panduit or similar tags that +you put on with nylon tie straps, but I find the ink wears off the tags.

    -

    Cisco Catalyst switches -
    +
    Cisco Catalyst switches +
    Astoundingly, the pinout on the console ports of the Catalysts is actually different to the pinout used on the 26xx-series Cisco hardware. I think the way to tell which is which is by -considering the operating software. If it uses IOS, then the previous +considering the operating software. If it uses IOS, then the previous pinout is required. If it uses the switch software, then this pinout is required. @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ SSH to log into to the server machine, and run the console client there.

    -

    On Conserver Versions

    +

    On Conserver Versions

    The conserver program has fractured into a number of versions. The home page referenced above seems to be the Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//contributing/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributing/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.495 diff -u -r1.495 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//contributing/article.sgml 1 Feb 2003 17:41:49 -0000 1.495 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//contributing/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:34:50 -0000 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ What Is Needed - + The following list of tasks and sub-projects represents something of an amalgam of various TODO lists and user requests. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ - Ongoing Programmer Tasks + Ongoing Programmer Tasks Most of the tasks listed here require either a considerable investment of time, or an in-depth knowledge of the FreeBSD kernel, or both. However, there are also many useful tasks Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//contributors/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributors/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.399 diff -u -r1.399 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//contributors/article.sgml 13 Jun 2003 18:34:16 -0000 1.399 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//contributors/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:35:47 -0000 @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ &a.cognet; - + &a.jeh; @@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ - &a.arved; + &a.arved; @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ &a.emoore; - + &a.amorita; @@ -5362,7 +5362,7 @@ - Kay Lehmann + Kay Lehmann kay_lehmann@web.de @@ -7669,7 +7669,7 @@ Sebastian Strollo seb@erix.ericsson.se - + Sebastian Yepes esn@x123.info @@ -8289,7 +8289,7 @@ Tim Daneliuk tundra@tundraware.com - + Tim Kientzle kientzle@netcom.com Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//cvsup-advanced/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/cvsup-advanced/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.10 diff -u -r1.10 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//cvsup-advanced/article.sgml 9 Dec 2002 23:28:21 -0000 1.10 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//cvsup-advanced/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:35:52 -0000 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ The present article assumes a basic understanding of CVSup - operation. It documents several delicate issues connected with + operation. It documents several delicate issues connected with source synchronization via CVSup, viz. effective solutions to the problem of stale files as well as special source updating cases; which issues are likely to cause apparently inexplicable @@ -36,17 +36,17 @@ Preface - - This document is the fruit of the author's attempts to + + This document is the fruit of the author's attempts to fully understand the niceties of CVSup & source updating. :-) - While the author has made every effort to make these pages - as informative and correct as possible, he is only human and + While the author has made every effort to make these pages + as informative and correct as possible, he is only human and may have made all sorts of typos, mistakes, etc. He will be very grateful for any comments and/or suggestions you send to his e-mail address, bartequi@neomedia.it. - + Introduction @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ FAQ, you may have noticed Question 12 & 13. - When updating any collection of sources (eg + When updating any collection of sources (eg /usr/ports), &man.cvsup.1; makes use of the related checkouts file in order to perform the updating process in the most efficient and correct way. In this example @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ your base is /usr. A checkouts file contains information on the current status - of your sources—in a way, a sort of photograph. This + of your sources—in a way, a sort of photograph. This significant information enables cvsup to retrieve updates most effectively. Further, and maybe more important, it enables cvsup to correctly manage your sources by locally deleting any files no longer present in the repository, thus leaving no stale files - on your system. In fact, without a checkouts file, cvsup would + on your system. In fact, without a checkouts file, cvsup would not know which files your collection was composed of (cf &man.cvsup.1; and the fallback method for details); as a result, it could not delete on your system those files no longer present @@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ A useful python script: <command>cvsupchk</command> - Alternatively, in order to examine your sources for - inconsistencies, you may wish to utilize the cvsupchk python - script; which script is currently found in + Alternatively, in order to examine your sources for + inconsistencies, you may wish to utilize the cvsupchk python + script; which script is currently found in /usr/ports/net/cvsup/work/cvsup-16.1/contrib/cvsupchk, together with a nice README. Prerequisites: @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ &prompt.user; /path/to/cvsupchk -d /usr -c /usr/sup/src-all/checkouts.cvs:RELENG_4 | more - In each case, cvsupchk will inspect your sources for - inconsistencies by utilizing the information contained in the - related checkouts file. Such anomalies as deleted files being + In each case, cvsupchk will inspect your sources for + inconsistencies by utilizing the information contained in the + related checkouts file. Such anomalies as deleted files being present (aka stale files), missing checked-out files, extra RCS files, and dead directories will be printed to standard output. @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ src-all If you specify eg tag=A in your supfile, cvsup will create - a checkouts file called checkouts.cvs:A: + a checkouts file called checkouts.cvs:A: for instance, if tag=RELENG_4, a checkouts file called - checkouts.cvs:RELENG_4 is generated. + checkouts.cvs:RELENG_4 is generated. This file will be used to retrieve and/or store information identifying your 4-STABLE sources. When tracking src-all, if you wish to - pass from tag=A to tag=B (A less/greater than B not making - any difference) and if your checkouts file is + pass from tag=A to tag=B (A less/greater than B not making + any difference) and if your checkouts file is checkouts.cvs:A, the following actions should be performed: @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ The cvsup utility will look for checkouts.cvs:B—in - that the target is B; that is, cvsup will make use of - the information contained therein to correctly manage your + that the target is B; that is, cvsup will make use of + the information contained therein to correctly manage your sources. The benefits: @@ -185,17 +185,17 @@ - less load is placed on the server, in that cvsup + less load is placed on the server, in that cvsup operates in the most efficient way. - For example, A=RELENG_4, B=.. The period in B=. means - -CURRENT. This is a rather typical update, from 4-STABLE - to -CURRENT. While it is straightforward to downgrade your - sources (eg from -CURRENT to -STABLE), downgrading a system - is quite another matter. You are STRONGLY advised not to + For example, A=RELENG_4, B=.. The period in B=. means + -CURRENT. This is a rather typical update, from 4-STABLE + to -CURRENT. While it is straightforward to downgrade your + sources (eg from -CURRENT to -STABLE), downgrading a system + is quite another matter. You are STRONGLY advised not to attempt such an operation, unless you know exactly what you are doing. @@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ Updating to the same tag as of a different date - If you wish to switch from tag=A to tag=A as of a - different GMT date (say, date=D), you will execute the + If you wish to switch from tag=A to tag=A as of a + different GMT date (say, date=D), you will execute the following: @@ -219,25 +219,25 @@ Whether the new date precedes that of the last sync - operation with tag=A or not, it is immaterial. For example, - in order to specify the date August 27, 2000, 10:00:00 GMT + operation with tag=A or not, it is immaterial. For example, + in order to specify the date August 27, 2000, 10:00:00 GMT you write the line: src-all tag=RELENG_4 date=2000.08.27.10.00.00 - The format of a date is rigid. You have to specify - all the components of the date: century (20, ie the 21st - century, must be supplied whereas 19, the past century, can - be omitted), year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds—as - shown in the above example. For more information, please + The format of a date is rigid. You have to specify + all the components of the date: century (20, ie the 21st + century, must be supplied whereas 19, the past century, can + be omitted), year, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds—as + shown in the above example. For more information, please see &man.cvsup.1;. - Whether or not a date is specified, the checkouts file + Whether or not a date is specified, the checkouts file is called checkouts.cvs:A (eg checkouts.cvs:RELENG_4). As a result, - no particular action is needed in order to revert to the - previous state: you have to modify the date in the supfile, + no particular action is needed in order to revert to the + previous state: you have to modify the date in the supfile, and run csvup again. @@ -245,18 +245,18 @@ Updating your ports collection for the first time - Since ports are tagged . (ie -CURRENT), you can - correctly sync them for the first time by adding the date - keyword (cf &man.cvsup.1; for the exact format): you should - specify a date as close as possible to that of shipping of - your ports tree. After cvsup has correctly created the ports - checkouts file, which is precisely the goal of this first + Since ports are tagged . (ie -CURRENT), you can + correctly sync them for the first time by adding the date + keyword (cf &man.cvsup.1; for the exact format): you should + specify a date as close as possible to that of shipping of + your ports tree. After cvsup has correctly created the ports + checkouts file, which is precisely the goal of this first special sync operation, the date field must be removed; all subsequent updates will be carried out smoothly. - If you have been reading the apparently nit-picking - remarks in these sections, you will probably have recognized - the potential for trouble in a source updating process. + If you have been reading the apparently nit-picking + remarks in these sections, you will probably have recognized + the potential for trouble in a source updating process. A number of people have actually run into problems. You have been warned. :-) Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//diskless-x/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/diskless-x/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.10 diff -u -r1.10 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//diskless-x/article.sgml 2 Dec 2002 21:11:54 -0000 1.10 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//diskless-x/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:35:52 -0000 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@

    Diskless X Server: a how to guide - + Jerry @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ - + 28-December-1996 - + 1996 Jerry Kendall - + With the help of some friends on the FreeBSD-hackers list, I have been able to create a diskless X terminal. The creation of the X @@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ system is a 486DX2-66. I setup a diskless FreeBSD (complete) that uses no local disk. The server in that case is a Sun 670MP running SunOS 4.1.3. The same setup configuration was needed for both. - + I am sure that there is stuff that needs to be added to this. Please send me any comments. - + Creating the boot floppy (On the diskless system) - + Since the network boot loaders will not work with some of the TSR's and such that MS-DOS uses, it is best to create a dedicated boot floppy or, if you can, create an MS-DOS menu that will (via the @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ ask what configuration to load when the system starts. The later is the method that I use and it works great. My MS-DOS (6.x) menu is below. - + <filename>config.sys</filename> @@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ :end - + Getting the network boot programs (On the server) - + Compile the net-boot programs that are located in /usr/src/sys/i386/boot/netboot. You should read the comments at the top of the Makefile. Adjust as @@ -108,10 +108,10 @@ server. It will load the kernel from the boot server. At this point, put both programs on the MS-DOS boot floppy created earlier. - + Determine which program to run (On the diskless system) - + If you know the chipset that your Ethernet adapter uses, this is easy. If you have the NS8390 chipset, or a NS8390 based chipset, use nb8390.com. If you have a 3Com 509 based chipset, @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ Booting across the network - + Boot the diskless system with out any config.sys/autoexec.bat files. Try running the boot program for your Ethernet adapter. My Ethernet adapter is running in WD8013 16bit mode so I run nb8390.com - + C:> cd \netboot C:> nb8390 @@ -154,18 +154,18 @@ message, verify that you did indeed set the compile time defines in the Makefile correctly. - + Allowing systems to boot across the network (On the server) - + Make sure the /etc/inetd.conf file has entries for tftp and bootps. Mine are listed below: - + tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd /tftpboot # # Additions by who ever you are bootps dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/bootpd bootpd /etc/bootptab - + If you have to change the /etc/inetd.conf file, send a HUP signal to inetd. To do this, get the process ID of inetd with ps -ax | grep inetd | grep -v @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ :ip=199.246.76.2:\ :gw=199.246.76.1:\ :vm=rfc1048: - + The lines are as follows: @@ -269,10 +269,10 @@ The NFS mounted root filesystem will be mounted read only. - + The hierarchy for the diskless system can be re-mounted allowing read-write operations if required. - + I use my spare 386DX-40 as a dedicated X terminal. The hierarchy for altair is: @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ -r-xr-xr-x 1 root bin 73728 Dec 13 22:38 ./sbin/mount -r-xr-xr-x 1 root wheel 1992 Jun 10 1995 ./dev/MAKEDEV.local -r-xr-xr-x 1 root wheel 24419 Jun 10 1995 ./dev/MAKEDEV - + If you are not using &man.devfs.5; (which is the default in FreeBSD 5.X), you should make sure that you do not forget to run MAKEDEV all in the Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//euro/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/euro/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.7 diff -u -r1.7 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//euro/article.sgml 17 Feb 2003 22:52:09 -0000 1.7 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//euro/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:35:56 -0000 @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ - %man; ]>
    - The Euro symbol on + <title>The Euro symbol on <systemitem class="osname">FreeBSD</systemitem> @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ 2003 The FreeBSD Documentation Project - + $FreeBSD: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/euro/article.sgml,v 1.7 2003/02/17 22:52:09 blackend Exp $ - + This document will try to help you in getting started with the new Euro Symbol on your new keyboard that you had to buy @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ will first focus on the more important parts like being able to correctly display the symbol on the console. Later sections will deal with configuring particular programs like - X11. + X11. Lots of helpful input came from Oliver Fromme, Tom Rhodes and @@ -50,16 +50,16 @@ The Euro in a nutshell - If you already feel comfortable with - localization as - described in the FreeBSD - Handbook you might be only interested in the following facts which - will get you started quickly: + If you already feel comfortable with + localization as + described in the FreeBSD + Handbook you might be only interested in the following facts which + will get you started quickly: ISO8859-15 - + This is a slight modification of the commonly used ISO8859-1 character map. It includes the Euro symbol. Used for the @@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ /usr/share/syscons/keymaps/*.iso.kbd - Appropriate keyboard maps depending on your language. Set your - keymap entry in rc.conf to + Appropriate keyboard maps depending on your language. Set your + keymap entry in rc.conf to one of these. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ A general remark - + In the following sections we will often refer to ISO8859-15. This is the standard notation starting with FreeBSD 4.5. In older @@ -123,15 +123,15 @@ ISO_8859-15 or DIS_8859-15. - If you are using an older version of - FreeBSD, be sure to take a + If you are using an older version of + FreeBSD, be sure to take a look at /usr/share/locale/ in order to find out which naming convention is in place. The console - + Setting up your console font @@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ combination is necessary (e.g.: Alt Gre) to decimal value 164. If running into problems, the best way to check is to take a look at - /usr/share/syscons/keymaps/*.kbd. The format of - the key mapping files is described in &man.keyboard.4;. + /usr/share/syscons/keymaps/*.kbd. The format of + the key mapping files is described in &man.keyboard.4;. &man.kbdcontrol.1; can be used to load a custom keymap. Once the correct keyboard map is selected, it should be added to @@ -201,13 +201,13 @@ keymap="german.iso" # or another map As stated above, this step has most probably already been taken - by you at installation time (with - sysinstall). If not, either reboot or + by you at installation time (with + sysinstall). If not, either reboot or load the new keymap via &man.kbdcontrol.1;. - To verify the keyboard mapping, switch to a new console and at + To verify the keyboard mapping, switch to a new console and at the login prompt, instead of logging in, try to - type the Euro key. If it is not working, either + type the Euro key. If it is not working, either file a bug report via &man.send-pr.1; or make sure you in fact chose the right keyboard map. @@ -217,13 +217,13 @@ tcsh. - + Fixing the environment variables - The shells (bash, tcsh) revert to the &man.readline.3; library - which in turn respects the LC_CTYPE environment - variable. LC_CTYPE must be set before the shell is + The shells (bash, tcsh) revert to the &man.readline.3; library + which in turn respects the LC_CTYPE environment + variable. LC_CTYPE must be set before the shell is completely running. Luckily it suffices to add the line: export LC_CTYPE=de_DE.ISO8859-15 @@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ however. - An alternative to modifying .login and + An alternative to modifying .login and .bash_profile is to set the environment variables through the &man.login.conf.5; mechanism. This approach has the advantage of assigning login classes to certain users (e.g. - French users, Italian users, etc) in one + French users, Italian users, etc) in one place. @@ -285,14 +285,14 @@ /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/app-defaults and add the correct font. Let us demonstrate this with xterm. - + &prompt.root; cd /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/app-defaults/ &prompt.root; vi XTerm Add the following line to the beginning of the file: *font: -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-*-120-*-*-c-*-iso8859-15 - + Finally, restart X and make sure, fonts can be displayed by executing the above awk script. All major applications should respect the keyboard mapping and the font @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Open problems - + Of course, the author would like to receive feedback. In addition, at least let me know if you have fixes for one of these open problems: @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Describe alternative way of setting up XFree86: x11/xkeycaps - + Settings in GNOME Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//explaining-bsd/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/explaining-bsd/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.7 diff -u -r1.7 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//explaining-bsd/article.sgml 10 Mar 2003 06:16:12 -0000 1.7 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//explaining-bsd/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:36:06 -0000 @@ -66,15 +66,15 @@ The C library, the base API for the system. - + The BSD C library is based on code from Berkeley, not the GNU project. - + Utilities such as shells, file utilities, compilers and linkers. - + Some of the utilities are derived from the GNU project, others are not. @@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ - + - What, a real UNIX? + What, a real UNIX? The BSD operating systems are not clones, but open source derivatives of AT&T's Research UNIX operating system, which is also @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@ OpenBSD, split off from NetBSD. - + Why is BSD not better known? - + For a number of reasons, BSD is relatively unknown: - + The BSD developers are often more interested in polishing their @@ -449,11 +449,11 @@ - + How does the BSD license differ from the GNU Public license? - + Linux is available under the GNU General Public License (GPL), which is designed to eliminate closed @@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ What does this all mean in practice? Who should use BSD, who should use Linux? - + This is a very difficult question to answer. Here are some guidelines: - + If it ain't broke, don't fix it: If you already use an open source operating system, and you are happy with it, there is probably no good reason to change. - + BSD systems, in particular FreeBSD, can have notably higher performance than Linux. But this is not across the board. In many @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ Who provides support, service, and training for BSD? - + BSDi have always supported BSD/OS, and they have recently announced support contracts for FreeBSD. Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//formatting-media/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/formatting-media/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.26 diff -u -r1.26 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//formatting-media/article.sgml 31 Mar 2003 21:23:06 -0000 1.26 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//formatting-media/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:36:11 -0000 @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ There are two possible modes of disk formatting: - + compatibility mode: Arranging a disk so that it has a slice table for use with other @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ allowing access to the Label and Partition editors and a Write feature which will update just the selected disk and slice without affecting other disks. The other method is running - the tools manually from a root command line. For + the tools manually from a root command line. For dedicated mode, only three or four commands are involved while sysinstall requires some manipulation. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Each filesystem and swap area on a disk resides in a partition. Maintained using the disklabel utility. - + sector: Smallest subdivision of a disk. One sector usually represents 512 bytes of data. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ to the system and a disk placed in the drive during startup, so the kernel can determine the drive's geometry. Check the dmesg output and make sure your device and - the disk's size is listed. If the kernel reports + the disk's size is listed. If the kernel reports Can't get the size @@ -213,11 +213,11 @@ - Start sysinstall as root by typing + Start sysinstall as root by typing &prompt.root; /stand/sysinstall - + from the command prompt. @@ -238,10 +238,10 @@ If you are using this entire disk for FreeBSD, select A. - + - When asked: + When asked: Do you want to do this with a true partition entry so as to remain @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ When asked if you still want to do this, answer Yes. - + Select Write. @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ When warned about writing on installed systems, answer Yes. - + Quitthe FDISK Editor and @@ -281,13 +281,13 @@ C to Create a partition, accept the default size, partition type Filesystem, and a mountpoint (which is not used). - + Enter W when done and confirm to continue. The filesystem will be newfs'd for you, unless you select otherwise (for new partitions you will want to - do this!). You will get the error: + do this!). You will get the error: Error mounting /mnt/dev/ad2s1e on /mnt/blah : No such file or directory @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ If you need to edit the disklabel to create multiple partitions (such as swap), use the following: - + &prompt.root; dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/ad2 count=2 &prompt.root; disklabel /dev/ad2 > /tmp/label @@ -351,11 +351,11 @@ - Start sysinstall as root by typing + Start sysinstall as root by typing &prompt.root; /stand/sysinstall - + from the command prompt. @@ -376,10 +376,10 @@ If you are using this entire disk for FreeBSD, select A. - + - When asked: + When asked: Do you want to do this with a true partition entry so as to remain @@ -407,18 +407,18 @@ You will be asked about the boot manager, select None again. - + Select Label from the Index menu. - + Label as desired. For a single partition, accept the default size, type filesystem, and a mountpoint (which is not used). - + The filesystem will be newfs'd for you, unless you @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ this!). You will get the error: - Error mounting /mnt/dev/ad2s1e on /mnt/blah : No such file or directory + Error mounting /mnt/dev/ad2s1e on /mnt/blah : No such file or directory Ignore. @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ When newfsing the drive, do NOT newfs the `c' partition. Instead, newfs the partition where the non-swap space lies. - + Add an entry to /etc/fstab as @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ /dev/ad0b none swap sw 0 0 - + Change /dev/ad0b to the device of the newly added space. @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Copying the Contents of Disks - + Submitted By: Renaud Waldura (renaud@softway.com) Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//freebsd-questions/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/freebsd-questions/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.13 diff -u -r1.13 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//freebsd-questions/article.sgml 18 May 2003 16:37:21 -0000 1.13 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//freebsd-questions/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:36:15 -0000 @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ list. - + Introduction - + FreeBSD-questions is a mailing list maintained by the FreeBSD project to help people who have questions about the normal use of FreeBSD. Another group, FreeBSD-hackers, @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ url="http://www.catb.org/~esr/faqs/hacker-howto.html">How To Become A Hacker - + This is a regular posting aimed to help both those seeking advice from FreeBSD-questions (the newcomers), and also those who answer the questions (the hackers). @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ FreeBSD-questions. In the following section, I recommend how to submit a question; after that, we will look at how to answer one. - + How to subscribe to FreeBSD-questions @@ -77,18 +77,18 @@ a mail message to &a.majordomo; with the single line: subscribe FreeBSD-questions - + majordomo is an automatic program which maintains the mailing list, so you do not need a subject line. If your mailer complains, however, you can put anything you like in the subject line. - + When you get the reply from majordomo telling you the details of the list, please save it. If you ever should want to leave the list, you will need the information there. See the next section for more details. - + How to unsubscribe from FreeBSD-questions @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ FreeBSD-hackers. In some cases, it is not really clear which group you should ask. The following criteria should help for 99% of all questions, however: - + If the question is of a general nature, ask @@ -164,13 +164,13 @@ about installing FreeBSD or the use of a particular UNIX utility. - + If you think the question relates to a bug, but you are not sure, or you do not know how to look for it, send the message to FreeBSD-questions. - + If the question relates to a bug, and you are sure that it is a bug (for example, you can @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Before submitting a question - + You can (and should) do some things yourself before asking a question on one of the mailing lists: @@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ - + How to submit a question - + When submitting a question to FreeBSD-questions, consider the following points: @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ you do not. In the rest of this document, we will look at how to get the most out of your question to FreeBSD-questions. - + Not everybody who answers FreeBSD questions reads every message: they look at the subject line and decide whether it interests them. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ speak English as their first language, and we try to make allowances for that, but it is really painful to try to read a message written full of typos or without any line breaks. - + Do not underestimate the effect that a poorly formatted mail message has, not just on the FreeBSD-questions mailing list. Your mail message is all people see of you, and if it is poorly @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ use mailers which do not get on very well with MIME. - + Make sure your time and time zone are set correctly. This may seem a little silly, since your message still gets there, but many @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ sources, though of course you should not be sending questions about -CURRENT to FreeBSD-questions. - + With any problem which could be hardware related, tell us about your hardware. In case of doubt, assume it is possible that it is hardware. What kind of @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ tells not just what hardware you are running, but what version of FreeBSD as well. - + If you get error messages, do not say I get error messages, say (for example) I get the error @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ This redirects the information to the file /tmp/dmesg.out. - + If you do all this, and you still do not get an answer, there could be other reasons. For example, the problem is so complicated @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ only make you unpopular. - + To summarize, let's assume you know the answer to the following question (yes, it is the same one in each case). You choose which of these two questions you would be more prepared to @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ you are talking about. Do not forget to trim unnecessary text out, though. - + The text in the subject line stays the same (you did remember to put one in, did you not?). Many mailers will sort messages by @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ - + How to answer a question @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ check this is to sort your incoming mail by subject: then (hopefully) you will see the question followed by any answers, all together. - + If somebody has already answered it, it does not automatically mean that you should not send another answer. But it makes sense to read all the other answers first. @@ -551,14 +551,14 @@ send messages with hundreds of CCs. If this is the case, be sure to trim the Cc: lines appropriately. - + Include relevant text from the original message. Trim it to the minimum, but do not overdo it. It should still be possible for somebody who did not read the original message to understand what you are talking about. - + Use some technique to identify which text came from the original message, and which text you add. I personally find that prepending @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ text such as Re: . If your mailer does not do it automatically, you should do it manually. - + If the submitter did not abide by format conventions (lines too long, inappropriate subject line), please fix Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//hubs/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/hubs/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.33 diff -u -r1.33 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//hubs/article.sgml 23 May 2003 13:49:52 -0000 1.33 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//hubs/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:36:30 -0000 @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ - Valentino + Valentino Vaschetto -
    logo@FreeBSD.org
    +
    logo@FreeBSD.org
         @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ which is determined by the servers policy. It is also affected by the types of services you want to offer. Plain FTP or HTTP services may not require a huge - amount of resources. Watch out, if you provide + amount of resources. Watch out, if you provide CVSup, rsync or even AnonCVS. This can have a huge impact on CPU and memory requirements. Especially - rsync is considered a memory hog, and CVSup does + rsync is considered a memory hog, and CVSup does indeed consume some CPU. For AnonCVS it might be a nice idea to set up a memory resident file system (MFS) of at least 300 MB, so you need to take this into account @@ -201,14 +201,14 @@ RSYNC (optional for FTP fileset) Rsync is often also offered for convenience, for the - contents of the FTP area of FreeBSD. The + contents of the FTP area of FreeBSD. The protocol is different from FTP in many ways, and overall, it can be stated, that it is much more bandwidth friendly, as only differences between files - are transferred, not whole files. + are transferred, not whole files. Rsync does require significant amount of memory for each instance. The size depends on the size of - the synced module in terms of number of directories and + the synced module in terms of number of directories and files. Rsync can use rsh and ssh (now default) as a transport, or use it's own protocol for stand-alone access @@ -269,13 +269,13 @@ offering it via CVSup. Still it is possible to offer the CVS repository via AnonCVS, FTP, Rsync or HTTP, but - people would benefit much more from CVSup access. + people would benefit much more from CVSup access. CVSup was developed by &a.jdp;. - It is a bit tricky to install on non-FreeBSD platforms, + It is a bit tricky to install on non-FreeBSD platforms, since it is written in Modula-3 and therefore requires - a Modula-3 environment. John Polstra has built a + a Modula-3 environment. John Polstra has built a stripped down version of M3, that is sufficient to - run CVSup, and can be installed much easier. + run CVSup, and can be installed much easier. See Ezm3 for details. Related ports are: @@ -292,20 +292,20 @@     - There are a few more like net/cvsupit and + There are a few more like net/cvsupit and net/cvsup-without-gui you might want to have - a look at. If you prefer a static binary package, take a look + a look at. If you prefer a static binary package, take a look here. This page still refers to the S1G bug, that was present in CVSup. Maybe John will setup a generic download-site to get static binaries for various platforms. - + It is possible to use CVSup to offer - any kind of fileset, not just CVS repositories, + any kind of fileset, not just CVS repositories, but configuration can be complex. - CVSup is known to eat some CPU on the server as on the + CVSup is known to eat some CPU on the server as on the client, since it needs to compare lots of files. @@ -343,14 +343,14 @@ See the manpage for details of the options. See also the cvs info page, about additional ways to make sure, access is read-only. - It is advisable, that you create an unprivileged account, + It is advisable, that you create an unprivileged account, preferably called anoncvs. Also you need to create a file passwd - in your /home/ncvs/CVSROOT and assign a + in your /home/ncvs/CVSROOT and assign a CVS password (empty or anoncvs) to that user. The directory /anoncvstmp is a special purpose memory based file system. It is not required but - advised, since &man.cvs.1; creates a shadow directory + advised, since &man.cvs.1; creates a shadow directory structure in your /tmp which is not used after the operation, but slows things dramatically, if real disk operations are required. @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ The FTP area is the largest amount of data, that needs to be mirrored. It includes the distributions - sets, required for network installation, the + sets, required for network installation, the branches, that are actually snapshots of checked-out source trees, the ISO Images to write CD-ROMs with the installation distribution, @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ In general FTP is not really good for mirroring, since it transfers each whole file, if it has changed, and does not create a single data stream, that will benefit from - a large TCP congestion window. + a large TCP congestion window. @@ -422,18 +422,18 @@ A better way, to mirror the FTP area is rsync. You can install the port net/rsync and then use - rsync to sync with your upstream host. + rsync to sync with your upstream host. rsync is already mentioned in . - Since rsync access is not + Since rsync access is not required, your preferred upstream site may not allow it. Since it is quite common, though, chances are small, that you cannot use it. You can always consider using an upstream server, that offers it, just for the benefits - of rsync. + of rsync. - Since the number of rsync + Since the number of rsync clients will have a significant impact on the server machine, most admins impose limitations on their server. For a mirror, you should ask the site maintainer @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ With CVSup A few sites, including the one-and-only ftp-master.FreeBSD.org - even offer CVSup to mirror the contents of + even offer CVSup to mirror the contents of the FTP space. You need to install a cvsup client, preferably from the port: net/cvsup. (Also reread .) @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Using other methods Using other methods than CVSup is - generally not recommended. We describe them in short here + generally not recommended. We describe them in short here anyway. Since most sites offer the CVS repository as part of the FTP fileset under the path /pub/FreeBSD/development/FreeBSD-CVS, @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ - You can NOT use AnonCVS to + You can NOT use AnonCVS to mirror the CVS repository, since CVS does not allow you to access the repository itself, but only checked out versions of the modules. @@ -581,10 +581,10 @@ and a cronjob, that calls cvs up -d -P on a regular basis, maybe just after your repository was updated. Of course, the files need to remain in a directory, available - for public WWW access. The installation and configuration of a + for public WWW access. The installation and configuration of a webserver is not discussed here. - + For the website to be visible, users must execute the &man.make.1; command in the main www directory. This command will create the standard *.html files for web @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ textproc/docproj port must be installed. - If you don't have a local repository, you can use + If you don't have a local repository, you can use CVSup to maintain an up to date copy of the www pages. A sample supfile can be found in /usr/share/examples/cvsup/www-supfile and @@ -621,8 +621,8 @@ Mirroring the FreeBSD documentation - As the documentation is referenced a lot from the - webpages, it is recommended, that you mirror the + As the documentation is referenced a lot from the + webpages, it is recommended, that you mirror the FreeBSD documentation as well. However, this is not so trivial as the www-pages alone. @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ Then you need to install a couple of ports. You are lucky, that there is a meta-port: textproc/docproj to do the work - for you. You need to setup some + for you. You need to setup some environment variables, like SGML_CATALOG_FILES, also have a look at your /etc/make.conf @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ Every mirror should be updated on a regular basis. You will certainly need some script - framework for it, that will be called by + framework for it, that will be called by &man.cron.8;. Since nearly every admin does this his own way, we cannot give specific instructions. It could work @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ Mirrors are organized by country. All official mirrors have a DNS entry of the form - ftpN.CC.FreeBSD.org. With + ftpN.CC.FreeBSD.org. With CC (i.e. country code) being the top level domain of the country, where this mirror is located; @@ -756,14 +756,14 @@ Additionally there exists a hierarchy of mirrors, which - is described terms of tiers. + is described terms of tiers. The master sites are not referred to, but can be described as Tier-0. Mirrors that mirror from these sites can be considered Tier-1, mirrors of Tier-1-mirrors, - are Tier-2, etc. + are Tier-2, etc. Official sites are encouraged to be of a low tier, - but the lower the tier, the higher the requirements in + but the lower the tier, the higher the requirements in terms as described in . Also access to low-tier-mirrors may be restricted, and access to master sites is definitely restricted. @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ The short answer is: from the site, that is closest to you in Internet terms, or gives you - the fastest access. + the fastest access. I just want to mirror from somewhere! @@ -834,8 +834,8 @@ I want to access the master sites! If you have good reasons, and good prerequisites, - you may want and get access to one of the - master sites. Access to these sites is + you may want and get access to one of the + master sites. Access to these sites is generally restricted, and there are special policies for access. If you are already an official mirror, this certainly helps you getting access. @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ ftp-master.FreeBSD.org - This is the master site for the FTP fileset. + This is the master site for the FTP fileset. ftp-master.FreeBSD.org provides @@ -935,8 +935,8 @@ The following applies mainly to the FTP fileset, - since a CVS repository should always be mirrored - completely, and the webpages are a case of + since a CVS repository should always be mirrored + completely, and the webpages are a case of its own. @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ carry the complete fileset allow access to other mirror sites - provide FTP and + provide FTP and RSYNC access @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ If everything works so far, contact the DNS admin, responsible for your region/country, and ask for a DNS entry for your site. The admin should able to be contacted via - hostmaster@cc.FreeBSD.org, which + hostmaster@cc.FreeBSD.org, which cc being your country code/TLD again. Your DNS entry will look like described in . @@ -1015,13 +1015,13 @@ - Then you can ask the &a.doc; or the &a.hubs; + Then you can ask the &a.doc; or the &a.hubs; to add your mirror site to the mirror list in the FreeBSD Handbook. Make sure you tell them the email address, to list as the maintainer of the site. - + This is it. @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ - ftp.is.FreeBSD.org - hostmaster@is.FreeBSD.org - + ftp.is.FreeBSD.org - hostmaster@is.FreeBSD.org - (Bandwidth) (FTP processes) (HTTP processes) Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//java-tomcat/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/java-tomcat/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.14 diff -u -r1.14 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//java-tomcat/article.sgml 8 Oct 2002 21:11:21 -0000 1.14 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//java-tomcat/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:36:39 -0000 @@ -15,21 +15,21 @@ following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, - THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR - PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE - LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR - CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF - SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN - CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED + THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE + LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR + CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF + SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS + INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN + CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. --> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Java and Jakarta Tomcat on FreeBSD - + Victoria Chan @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ Victoria Chan Hiten Pandya - - $FreeBSD: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/java-tomcat/article.sgml,v 1.14 2002/10/08 21:11:21 blackend Exp $ + + $FreeBSD: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/java-tomcat/article.sgml,v 1.14 2002/10/08 21:11:21 blackend Exp $ This document is presented in hopes of making it easier for @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ - + Introduction @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ In this article, you will find how to install the Java Development Kit for FreeBSD, and how to get up and running with Tomcat. A section is also provided for - further reading. + further reading.     @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nearest to you. Click on Java 2 SDK, Standard Edition, version 1.3.1. Save the j2sdk-1_3_1-src.tar.gz to the - /usr/ports/distfiles/ directory. + /usr/ports/distfiles/ directory. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ several restrictions in place on the use of Java, which you must address. The FreeBSD Project does not take any responsibilities for your actions. - + Do not discard any of the downloaded files, as they will be needed for building some of the native ports for FreeBSD, which are discussed later on. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ after setting up the necessary Java environment, which we have previously completed. - In-order to setup Tomcat on FreeBSD, follow the below + In-order to setup Tomcat on FreeBSD, follow the below procedure: @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ from the Jakarta website, which is located at . The file to download is called - jakarta-tomcat-4.0.3.tar.gz. + jakarta-tomcat-4.0.3.tar.gz. Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//mh/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/mh/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.19 diff -u -r1.19 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//mh/article.sgml 21 May 2003 20:54:14 -0000 1.19 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//mh/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:36:53 -0000 @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ - + This allows you to do things like @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ TOTAL= 199 messages in 13 folders. - + The refile command is what you use to move messages between folders. When you do something like refile 23 +netfuture message number 23 is moved @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ else {return-path} take the return-path from the original message, %> endif. - + As you can tell MH formatting can get rather involved. You can probably decipher what most of the other functions and variables mean. All of the information on writing these format Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//pxe/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pxe/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.14 diff -u -r1.14 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//pxe/article.sgml 24 Jul 2002 01:08:56 -0000 1.14 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//pxe/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:36:58 -0000 @@ -10,27 +10,27 @@
    FreeBSD Jumpstart Guide - + Alfred Perlstein - +
    alfred@FreeBSD.org
         - + $FreeBSD: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pxe/article.sgml,v 1.14 2002/07/24 01:08:56 keramida Exp $ - + This article details the method used to allow machines to install FreeBSD using the Intel PXE method of booting a machine over a network.     - + Introduction @@ -41,16 +41,16 @@ Terminology: - + - + Server The machine offering netboot and install options. - + Client The machine that will have FreeBSD installed on it. @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ Requires: Clients supporting the Intel PXE netboot option, an Ethernet connection. - - Please let me know if you come across anything you have problems with + + Please let me know if you come across anything you have problems with or suggestions for additional documentation. If you would like someone to train/implement a specific netinstall system @@ -79,39 +79,39 @@ - Install DHCP: Install net/isc-dhcp3 you can use this config file + Install DHCP: Install net/isc-dhcp3 you can use this config file dhcpd.conf, stick it in /usr/local/etc/ - + Enable tftp: - + Make a directory /usr/tftpboot - + - Add this line to your + Add this line to your /etc/inetd.conf: - + tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd /usr/tftpboot - + - + Enable NFS: - + Add this to /etc/rc.conf: nfs_server_enable="YES" - + Add this to /etc/exports: @@ -119,44 +119,44 @@ - + - Reboot to enable the new services or start them + Reboot to enable the new services or start them manually. - + Bootstrap Setup - Download bootfiles: Download the + Download bootfiles: Download the - kern.flp and - + kern.flp and + mfsroot.flp floppy images. - + Setup tftp/pxe-boot directory: - + Put pxeboot in the boot directory: - + &prompt.root; rm -rf /usr/obj/* &prompt.root; cd /usr/src/sys/boot &prompt.root; make &prompt.root; cp /usr/src/sys/boot/i386/pxeldr/pxeboot /usr/tftpboot - + Using the vndevice mount the kern.flp file and copy its contents to /usr/tftpboot: - + &prompt.root; vnconfig vn0 kern.flp # associate a vndevice with the file &prompt.root; mount /dev/vn0 /mnt # mount it &prompt.root; cp -R /mnt /usr/tftpboot # copy the contents to /usr/tftpboot @@ -165,21 +165,21 @@ - + - Compile a custom kernel for the clients (particularly to avoid - the device config screen at boot) and stick it in + Compile a custom kernel for the clients (particularly to avoid + the device config screen at boot) and stick it in /usr/tftpboot. - + - Make a special loader.rc to and install it - in /usr/tftpboot/boot/loader.rc so that it - does not prompt for the second disk, here is + Make a special loader.rc to and install it + in /usr/tftpboot/boot/loader.rc so that it + does not prompt for the second disk, here is mine. - + Extract the installer and helper utilities from the mfsroot disk and uncompress them, put them in /usr/tftpboot @@ -193,18 +193,18 @@ &prompt.root; cd /usr/tftpboot # get into the pxeboot directory &prompt.root; gunzip mfsroot.gz # uncompress the mfsroot - + Make your sysinstall script install.cfg, you - can use + can use mine as a template, but you must edit it. - - - Copy the sysinstall script into the extracted and uncompressed + + + Copy the sysinstall script into the extracted and uncompressed mfsroot image: - + &prompt.root; cd /usr/tftpboot &prompt.root; vnconfig vn0 mfsroot &prompt.root; mount /dev/vn0 /mnt @@ -214,10 +214,10 @@ - + Install Setup - + Put the install files in an NFS accessible location on the @@ -234,46 +234,46 @@ README.TXT cdrom.inf dict mfsroot.flp RELNOTES.TXT compat1x doc packages - + - Copy the compressed packages into the packages/All directory + Copy the compressed packages into the packages/All directory under nfs. - + Make sure you have an INDEX file prepared in the packages directory. You can make your own INDEX entries like so: alfred-1.0||/|Alfred install bootstrap||alfred@FreeBSD.org|||| - + Then you can install custom packages, particularly your own custom post-install package. - + Custom Post-Install Package - You can use the script pkgmaker.sh to create a - custom package for post install, the idea is to have it install and - configure any special things you may need done. - pkgmaker is run in the directory above the package - you wish to create with the single argument of the package (ie mypkg) - which will then create a mypkg.tgz for you to include in your sysinstall + You can use the script pkgmaker.sh to create a + custom package for post install, the idea is to have it install and + configure any special things you may need done. + pkgmaker is run in the directory above the package + you wish to create with the single argument of the package (ie mypkg) + which will then create a mypkg.tgz for you to include in your sysinstall package. - Inside your custom package dir you will want a file called - PLIST which contains all the files that you wish to + Inside your custom package dir you will want a file called + PLIST which contains all the files that you wish to install and be incorporated into your package. - - You will also want files called pre and - post in the directory, these are shell scripts - that you want to execute before and after your package is + + You will also want files called pre and + post in the directory, these are shell scripts + that you want to execute before and after your package is installed. - - Since this package is in your install.cfg file + + Since this package is in your install.cfg file it should be run and do the final configuration for you.
    Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//releng/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/releng/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.48 diff -u -r1.48 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//releng/article.sgml 4 May 2003 22:43:19 -0000 1.48 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//releng/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:37:07 -0000 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ - + Introduction @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ FreeBSD development. An elected core-team[7] of very senior developers provides some level of direction over the project.     - + The rapid pace of FreeBSD development leaves little time for polishing the development system into a production quality @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ HEAD or trunk of our CVS tree, known as FreeBSD-CURRENT or -CURRENT for short. - + A more stable branch is maintained, known as FreeBSD-STABLE or -STABLE for short. Both branches live in a master CVS repository in California and @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ with general assumption that they have first gone into FreeBSD-CURRENT and have been thoroughly tested by our user community. - + In the interim period between releases, nightly snapshots are built automatically by the FreeBSD Project build machines and made available for download from - + Bug reports and feature requests are continuously submitted by users throughout the release cycle. Problems reports are entered into our GNATS[9] database @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ In addition to the multitude of different technical mailing lists about FreeBSD, the &a.qa; provides a forum for discussing the finer points of release-polishing. - + To service our most conservative users, individual release branches were introduced with FreeBSD 4.3. These release branches are created shortly before a final release @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ available to keep systems on the RELENG_X_Y branches updated. - + discusses the different phases of the release engineering process leading up to the actual system build and @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ From CURRENT and it describes the process of merging a tested change from our -CURRENT development branch to our -STABLE branch. - + Code Review @@ -170,31 +170,31 @@ time, all commits to the -STABLE branch must be approved by the &a.re;. The kinds of changes that are allowed during this 15 day period include: - + Bug fixes. - + Documentation updates. - + Security-related fixes of any kind. - + Minor changes to device drivers, such as adding new Device IDs. - + Any additional change that the release engineering team feels is justified, given the potential risk. - + After the first 15 days of the code slush, a release candidate is released for widespread testing and the code enters a code @@ -209,56 +209,56 @@ different components required for a successful release are available. - + Final Release Checklist When several release candidates have been made available for widespread testing and all major issues have been resolved, the final release polishing can begin. - + Creating the Release Branch As described in the introduction, the RELENG_X_Y release branch is a relatively new addition to our release - engineering + engineering methodology. The first step in creating this branch is to ensure that you are working with the newest version of the RELENG_X sources that you want to branch from. - + /usr/src&prompt.root; cvs update -rRELENG_4 -P -d - + The next step is to create a branch point tag, so that diffs against the start of the branch are easier with CVS: - + /usr/src&prompt.root; cvs rtag -rRELENG_4 RELENG_4_8_BP src - + And then a new branch tag is created with: - + /usr/src&prompt.root; cvs rtag -b -rRELENG_4_8_BP RELENG_4_8 src - + The RELENG_* tags are restricted for use by the CVS-meisters and release engineers. - + A tag is CVS vernacular for a label that identifies the source at a specific point in time. By tagging the tree, we ensure that future release builders - will always be able to use the same source we used to create the + will always be able to use the same source we used to create the official FreeBSD Project releases. - + - + @@ -266,14 +266,14 @@ &branches.ascii; - + - FreeBSD Development Branches + FreeBSD Development Branches - + Bumping up the Version Number @@ -311,19 +311,19 @@ src/release/Makefile - + src/release/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/share/sgml/release.dsl - + src/release/doc/share/examples/Makefile.relnotesng - + src/release/doc/share/sgml/release.ent - + src/share/examples/cvsup/standard-supfile @@ -331,15 +331,15 @@ src/sys/conf/newvers.sh - + src/sys/sys/param.h - + src/usr.sbin/pkg_install/add/main.c - + www/en/docs.sgml @@ -353,26 +353,26 @@ - + The release notes and errata files also need to be adjusted for the - new release (on the release branch) and truncated appropriately + new release (on the release branch) and truncated appropriately (on the stable/current branch): - + src/release/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/relnotes/common/new.sgml - + src/release/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/errata/article.sgml - Sysinstall should be updated to note + Sysinstall should be updated to note the number of available ports and the amount of disk space required - for the Ports Collection. This information is currently kept in + for the Ports Collection. This information is currently kept in src/release/sysinstall/dist.c. After the release has been built, a number of file should @@ -402,22 +402,22 @@ - + Creating Release Tags When the final release is ready, the following command will create the RELENG_4_8_0_RELEASE tag. - + /usr/src&prompt.root; cvs rtag -rRELENG_4_8 RELENG_4_8_0_RELEASE src - + The Documentation and Ports managers are responsible for tagging the respective trees with the RELEASE_4_8_0 tag. - + Occasionally, a last minute fix may be required after the final tags have been created. In practice this isn't a problem, since CVS @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ CDROM, installation floppies, and an FTP install directory. This command is aptly named make release. - + <command>make release</command> @@ -464,29 +464,29 @@ buildworld. The release target requires several variables be set properly to build a release:     - + CHROOTDIR - The directory to be used as the chroot environment for the entire release build. - + BUILDNAME - The name of the release to be built. - + CVSROOT - The location of a CVS Repository. - + RELEASETAG - The CVS tag corresponding to the release you would like to build. - + - + If you do not already have access to a local CVS repository, then you may mirror one with CVSup. @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ top of src/release/Makefile. The exact command used to build the official FreeBSD 4.7 (x86) release was: - + make release CHROOTDIR=/local3/release \ BUILDNAME=4.7-RELEASE \ CVSROOT=/host/cvs/usr/home/ncvs \ @@ -515,81 +515,81 @@ The release Makefile can be broken down into several distinct steps. - + - Creation of a sanitized system environment in a separate - directory hierarchy with make + Creation of a sanitized system environment in a separate + directory hierarchy with make installworld. - + - Checkout from CVS of a clean version of the system source, + Checkout from CVS of a clean version of the system source, documentation, and ports into the release build hierarchy. - + - Population of /etc and + Population of /etc and /dev in the chrooted environment. - + - chroot into the release build hierarchy, to make it harder for + chroot into the release build hierarchy, to make it harder for the outside environment to taint this build. - + make world in the chrooted environment. - + Build of Kerberos-related binaries. - + Build GENERIC kernel. - + - Creation of a staging directory tree where the binary + Creation of a staging directory tree where the binary distributions will be built and packaged. - + - Build and installation of the documentation toolchain needed to - convert the documentation source (SGML) into HTML and text documents + Build and installation of the documentation toolchain needed to + convert the documentation source (SGML) into HTML and text documents that will accompany the release. - + - Build and installation of the actual documentation - (user manuals, tutorials, release notes, hardware compatibility lists, + Build and installation of the actual documentation + (user manuals, tutorials, release notes, hardware compatibility lists, and so on.) - + - Build of the crunched binaries used for + Build of the crunched binaries used for installation floppies. - + Package up distribution tarballs of the binaries and sources. - + Create the boot media and a fixit floppy. - + Create FTP installation hierarchy. - + - (optionally) Create ISO images for + (optionally) Create ISO images for CDROM/DVD media. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ please see &man.release.7;.     - + Building <application>XFree86</application> @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ be unwise to distribute binaries that were built on a system with CPUTYPE set to a specific processor. - + @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ in depth. - + Release ISOs @@ -660,11 +660,11 @@ provides a manifest for the disc. This manifest can be created with a simple command: - + /stage/cdrom&prompt.root; find . -type f | sed -e 's/^\.\///' | sort > filename.txt - + The specific requirements of each CD are outlined below. - + Disc 1 @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ installation floppies from other operating systems. This disc should be made bootable so that users of modern PCs do not need to create installation floppy disks. - + If an alternate version of XFree86 is to be provided, then &man.sysinstall.8; must be updated to reflect the new location and installation instructions. The relevant code is contained @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ menus.c, and config.c will need to be updated. - + Disc 2 @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ commercial software demos in the commerce directory. - + Discs 3 and 4 @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ certainly encourage innovation in the form of advanced installation and administration tools, for example, but we can't be expected to answer questions about it. - + Creating Customized Boot floppies @@ -816,46 +816,46 @@ installation floppies. The quick and dirty way to accomplish this would be to modify the staging directory of an existing make release build hierarchy: - + Apply patches or add additional files inside the chroot release build directory. - + - rm + rm ${CHROOTDIR}/usr/obj/usr/src/release/release.[59] - + rebuild &man.sysinstall.8;, the kernel, or whatever parts of the system your change affected. - + chroot ${CHROOTDIR} ./mk floppies - + - + New release floppies will be located in ${CHROOTDIR}/R/stage/floppies. - + Alternatively, the boot.flp make target can be called, or the filesystem creating script, src/release/scripts/doFS.sh, may be invoked directly. - + Local patches may also be supplied to the release build by defining the LOCAL_PATCH variable in make release. - + Scripting <command>sysinstall</command> @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ found in the earlier release candidates. A total of over 500 emails were sent to the &a.re; in little over a month. - + Our user community has made it very clear that the security and stability of a FreeBSD release should not be sacrificed for any self-imposed deadlines or target release dates. The FreeBSD @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ scale with our growing userbase. Along these lines we are working very hard to document the procedures involved in producing FreeBSD releases. - + Parallelism - Certain portions of the @@ -918,19 +918,19 @@ RAID solution (hardware or software) can significantly decrease the overall build time. - + Cross-building releases - Building IA-64 or Alpha release on x86 hardware? make TARGET=ia64 release. - + Regression Testing - We need better automated correctness testing for FreeBSD. - + Installation Tools - Our installation program has long since outlived its intended life span. @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ package framework and GUI installation program. - +     @@ -964,53 +964,53 @@ References - [1] CVS - Concurrent Versions System + [1] CVS - Concurrent Versions System - + [2] CVSup - The CVS-Optimized General Purpose Network File Distribution System - + [3] - - [4] FreeBSD Ports Collection + + [4] FreeBSD Ports Collection - - [5] The libh Project + + [5] The libh Project - - [6] FreeBSD Committers [6] FreeBSD Committers - - [7] FreeBSD Core-Team + + [7] FreeBSD Core-Team - - [8] FreeBSD Handbook + + [8] FreeBSD Handbook - + [9] GNATS: The GNU Bug Tracking System - + [10] FreeBSD PR Statistics - - [11] NetBSD Developer Documentation: Release Engineering + + [11] NetBSD Developer Documentation: Release Engineering - - [12] John Baldwin's FreeBSD Release Engineering Proposal + + [12] John Baldwin's FreeBSD Release Engineering Proposal - - [13] PXE Jumpstart Guide - [13] PXE Jumpstart Guide + - - [14] Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J. Karels, and Keith Bostic: + + [14] Marshall Kirk McKusick, Michael J. Karels, and Keith Bostic: The Release Engineering of 4.3BSD Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//serial-uart/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/serial-uart/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.7 diff -u -r1.7 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//serial-uart/article.sgml 2 Dec 2002 21:11:54 -0000 1.7 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//serial-uart/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:37:31 -0000 @@ -8,25 +8,25 @@
    Serial and UART Tutorial - + Frank Durda - +
    uhclem@FreeBSD.org
         - + $FreeBSD: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/serial-uart/article.sgml,v 1.7 2002/12/02 21:11:54 blackend Exp $ - + This article talks about using serial hardware with FreeBSD.     - + The UART: What it is and how it works @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ transmits the individual bits in a sequential fashion. At the destination, a second UART re-assembles the bits into complete bytes. - + Serial transmission is commonly used with modems and for non-networked communication between computers, terminals and other devices. - + There are two primary forms of serial transmission: Synchronous and Asynchronous. Depending on the modes that are supported by the hardware, the name of the communication @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ supports Asynchronous communications, and a S if it supports Synchronous communications. Both forms are described below. - + Some common acronyms are: - +
    UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
    - +
    USART Universal Synchronous-Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Synchronous Serial Transmission - + Synchronous serial transmission requires that the sender and receiver share a clock with one another, or that the sender provide a strobe or other timing signal so that the @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ synchronous communication can be more costly if extra wiring and circuits are required to share a clock signal between the sender and receiver. - + A form of Synchronous transmission is used with printers and fixed disk devices in that the data is sent on one set of wires while a clock or strobe is sent on a different @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ send an entire word of data for each clock or strobe signal by using a separate wire for each bit of the word. In the PC industry, these are known as Parallel devices. - + The standard serial communications hardware in the PC does not support Synchronous operations. This mode is described here for comparison purposes only. @@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ Asynchronous Serial Transmission - + Asynchronous transmission allows data to be transmitted without the sender having to send a clock signal to the receiver. Instead, the sender and receiver must agree on timing parameters in advance and special bits are added to each word which are used to synchronize the sending and receiving units. - + When a word is given to the UART for Asynchronous transmissions, a bit called the "Start Bit" is added to the beginning of each word that is to be transmitted. The Start @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ the remaining bits in the word. (This requirement was set in the days of mechanical teleprinters and is easily met by modern electronic equipment.) - + After the Start Bit, the individual bits of the word of data are sent, with the Least Significant Bit (LSB) being sent first. Each bit in the transmission is transmitted for @@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ 0 after one second has passed, then it will wait two seconds and then examine the value of the next bit, and so on. - + The sender does not know when the receiver has looked at the value of the bit. The sender only knows when the clock says to begin transmitting the next bit of the word. - + When the entire data word has been sent, the transmitter may add a Parity Bit that the transmitter generates. The Parity Bit may be used by the receiver to perform simple error checking. Then at least one Stop Bit is sent by the transmitter. - + When the receiver has received all of the bits in the data word, it may check for the Parity Bits (both sender and receiver must agree on whether a Parity Bit is to be used), @@ -151,16 +151,16 @@ usual cause of a Framing Error is that the sender and receiver clocks were not running at the same speed, or that the signal was interrupted. - + Regardless of whether the data was received correctly or not, the UART automatically discards the Start, Parity and Stop bits. If the sender and receiver are configured identically, these bits are not passed to the host. - + If another word is ready for transmission, the Start Bit for the new word can be sent as soon as the Stop Bit for the previous word has been sent. - + Because asynchronous data is self synchronizing, if there is no data to transmit, the transmission line can be idle. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Other UART Functions - + In addition to the basic job of converting data from parallel to serial for transmission and from serial to parallel on reception, a UART will usually provide @@ -186,23 +186,23 @@ The RS232-C and V.24 Standards - + In most computer systems, the UART is connected to circuitry that generates signals that comply with the EIA RS232-C specification. There is also a CCITT standard named V.24 that mirrors the specifications included in RS232-C. - + RS232-C Bit Assignments (Marks and Spaces) - + In RS232-C, a value of 1 is called a Mark and a value of 0 is called a Space. When a communication line is idle, the line is said to be Marking, or transmitting continuous 1 values. - + The Start bit always has a value of 0 (a Space). The Stop Bit always has a value of 1 (a Mark). This means that @@ -212,12 +212,12 @@ sender and receiver can resynchronize their clocks regardless of the content of the data bits that are being transmitted. - + The idle time between Stop and Start bits does not have to be an exact multiple (including zero) of the bit rate of the communication link, but most UARTs are designed this way for simplicity. - + In RS232-C, the "Marking" signal (a 1) is represented by a voltage between -2 VDC and -12 VDC, and a "Spacing" signal (a @@ -230,24 +230,24 @@ acceptable to a RS232-C receiver, provided that the cable lengths are short. - + RS232-C Break Signal - + RS232-C also specifies a signal called a Break, which is caused by sending continuous Spacing values (no Start or Stop bits). When there is no electricity present on the data circuit, the line is considered to be sending Break. - + The Break signal must be of a duration longer than the time it takes to send a complete byte plus Start, Stop and Parity bits. Most UARTs can distinguish between a Framing Error and a Break, but if the UART cannot do this, the Framing Error detection can be used to identify Breaks. - + In the days of teleprinters, when numerous printers around the country were wired in series (such as news services), any unit could cause a Break @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ current flowed. This was used to allow a location with urgent news to interrupt some other location that was currently sending information. - + In modern systems there are two types of Break signals. If the Break is longer than 1.6 seconds, it is considered a "Modem Break", and some modems can be @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ is used as an Attention or Interrupt signal and sometimes is accepted as a substitute for the ASCII CONTROL-C character. - + Marks and Spaces are also equivalent to Holes and No Holes in paper tape systems. @@ -280,10 +280,10 @@ a special command from the host processor. - + RS232-C DTE and DCE Devices - + The RS232-C specification defines two types of equipment: the Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) and the Data Carrier Equipment (DCE). Usually, the DTE device is the @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ is connected to that modem is a DTE device. The DCE device receives signals on the pins that the DTE device transmits on, and vice versa. - + When two devices that are both DTE or both DCE must be connected together without a modem or a similar media translater between them, a NULL modem must be used. The @@ -303,34 +303,34 @@ are performed on all of the control signals so that each device will see what it thinks are DCE (or DTE) signals from the other device. - + The number of signals generated by the DTE and DCE devices are not symmetrical. The DTE device generates fewer signals for the DCE device than the DTE device receives from the DCE. - + RS232-C Pin Assignments - + The EIA RS232-C specification (and the ITU equivalent, V.24) calls for a twenty-five pin connector (usually a DB25) and defines the purpose of most of the pins in that connector. - + In the IBM Personal Computer and similar systems, a subset of RS232-C signals are provided via nine pin connectors (DB9). The signals that are not included on the PC connector deal mainly with synchronous operation, and this transmission mode is not supported by the UART that IBM selected for use in the IBM PC. - + Depending on the computer manufacturer, a DB25, a DB9, or both types of connector may be used for RS232-C communications. (The IBM PC also uses a DB25 connector for the parallel printer interface which causes some confusion.) - + Below is a table of the RS232-C signal assignments in the DB25 and DB9 connectors. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Description - + 1 @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ - Frame/Protective Ground - + 2 3 @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ DTE Transmit Data - + 3 2 @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ DCE Receive Data - + 4 7 @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ DTE Request to Send - + 5 8 @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ DCE Clear to Send - + 6 6 @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ DCE Data Set Ready - + 7 5 @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ - Signal Ground - + 8 1 @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ DCE Data Carrier Detect - + 9 - @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ - Reserved for Test - + 10 - @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ - Reserved for Test - + 11 - @@ -456,17 +456,8 @@ - Reserved for Test - - - 12 - - - CI - 122 - SRLSD - DCE - Sec. Recv. Line Signal Detector - - + 12 - CI 122 SRLSD DCE Sec. Recv. Line Signal Detector + 13 - @@ -476,7 +467,7 @@ DCE Secondary Clear to Send - + 14 - @@ -486,7 +477,7 @@ DTE Secondary Transmit Data - + 15 - @@ -496,7 +487,7 @@ DCE Trans. Sig. Element Timing - + 16 - @@ -506,7 +497,7 @@ DCE Secondary Received Data - + 17 - @@ -516,7 +507,7 @@ DCE Receiver Signal Element Timing - + 18 - @@ -526,7 +517,7 @@ DTE Local Loopback - + 19 - @@ -536,7 +527,7 @@ DTE Secondary Request to Send - + 20 4 @@ -546,7 +537,7 @@ DTE Data Terminal Ready - + 21 - @@ -556,7 +547,7 @@ DTE Remote Digital Loopback - + 22 9 @@ -566,7 +557,7 @@ DCE Ring Indicator - + 23 - @@ -576,7 +567,7 @@ DTE Data Signal Rate Selector - + 24 - @@ -586,7 +577,7 @@ DTE Trans. Sig. Element Timing - + 25 - @@ -604,12 +595,12 @@ Bits, Baud and Symbols - + Baud is a measurement of transmission speed in asynchronous communication. Because of advances in modem communication technology, this term is frequently misused when describing the data rates in newer devices. - + Traditionally, a Baud Rate represents the number of bits that are actually being sent over the media, not the amount of data that is actually moved from one DTE device to the @@ -621,12 +612,12 @@ per second from one place to another can normally only move 30 7-bit words if Parity is used and one Start and Stop bit are present. - + If 8-bit data words are used and Parity bits are also used, the data rate falls to 27.27 words per second, because it now takes 11 bits to send the eight-bit words, and the modem still only sends 300 bits per second. - + The formula for converting bytes per second into a baud rate and vice versa was simple until error-correcting modems came along. These modems receive the serial stream of bits @@ -642,7 +633,7 @@ bits to the words, converts them to a serial format and then sends them to the receiving UART in the remote computer, who then strips the Start, Stop and Parity bits. - + The reason all these extra conversions are done is so that the two modems can perform error correction, which means that the receiving modem is able to ask the sending @@ -650,7 +641,7 @@ the correct checksum. This checking is handled by the modems, and the DTE devices are usually unaware that the process is occurring. - + By striping the Start, Stop and Parity bits, the additional bits of data that the two modems must share between themselves to perform error-correction are mostly @@ -661,14 +652,14 @@ will be able to add 30 bits of its own information that the receiving modem can use to do error-correction without impacting the transmission speed of the real data. - + The use of the term Baud is further confused by modems that perform compression. A single 8-bit word passed over the telephone line might represent a dozen words that were transmitted to the sending modem. The receiving modem will expand the data back to its original content and pass that data to the receiving DTE. - + Modern modems also include buffers that allow the rate that bits move across the phone line (DCE to DCE) to be a different speed than the speed that the bits move between @@ -676,7 +667,7 @@ the speed between the DTE and DCE is higher than the DCE to DCE speed because of the use of compression by the modems. - + Because the number of bits needed to describe a byte varied during the trip between the two machines plus the differing bits-per-seconds speeds that are used present on @@ -689,7 +680,7 @@ connection is made between two systems with a wired connection, or if a modem is in use that is not performing error-correction or compression. - + Modern high speed modems (2400, 9600, 14,400, and 19,200bps) in reality still operate at or below 2400 baud, or more accurately, 2400 Symbols per second. High speed @@ -704,17 +695,17 @@ The IBM Personal Computer UART - + Starting with the original IBM Personal Computer, IBM selected the National Semiconductor INS8250 UART for use in the IBM PC Parallel/Serial Adapter. Subsequent generations of compatible computers from IBM and other vendors continued to use the INS8250 or improved versions of the National Semiconductor UART family. - + National Semiconductor UART Family Tree - + There have been several versions and subsequent generations of the INS8250 UART. Each major version is described below. @@ -730,7 +721,7 @@ \ \ \-> NS16550 -> NS16550A -> PC16550D - + INS8250 @@ -740,7 +731,7 @@ IBM PC/XT. The original name for this part was the INS8250 ACE (Asynchronous Communications Element) and it is made from NMOS technology. - + The 8250 uses eight I/O ports and has a one-byte send and a one-byte receive buffer. This original UART has several race conditions and other @@ -751,20 +742,20 @@ original IBM PC or IBM PC/XT. - + INS8250-B - + This is the slower speed of the INS8250 made from NMOS technology. It contains the same problems as the original INS8250. - + INS8250A - + An improved version of the INS8250 using XMOS technology with various functional flaws @@ -776,20 +767,20 @@ INS8250B. - + INS82C50A - + This is a CMOS version (low power consumption) of the INS8250A and has similar functional characteristics. - + NS16450 - + Same as NS8250A with improvements so it can be used with faster CPU bus designs. IBM used this @@ -797,29 +788,29 @@ longer rely on the bugs in the INS8250. - + NS16C450 - + This is a CMOS version (low power consumption) of the NS16450. - + NS16550 - + Same as NS16450 with a 16-byte send and receive buffer but the buffer design was flawed and could not be reliably be used. - + NS16550A - + Same as NS16550 with the buffer flaws corrected. The 16550A and its successors have become @@ -829,19 +820,19 @@ interrupt response times. - + NS16C552 - + This component consists of two NS16C550A CMOS UARTs in a single package. - + PC16550D - + Same as NS16550A with subtle flaws corrected. This is revision D of the 16550 family @@ -851,10 +842,10 @@ - + The NS16550AF and the PC16550D are the same thing - + National reorganized their part numbering system a few years ago, and the NS16550AFN no longer exists by that name. (If you have a NS16550AFN, look at the date code on @@ -863,12 +854,12 @@ year, and the last two digits are the week in that year when the part was packaged. If you have a NS16550AFN, it is probably a few years old.) - + The new numbers are like PC16550DV, with minor differences in the suffix letters depending on the package material and its shape. (A description of the numbering system can be found below.) - + It is important to understand that in some stores, you may pay $15(US) for a NS16550AFN made in 1990 and in the next bin are the new PC16550DN parts with minor fixes @@ -877,27 +868,27 @@ six months and it costs half (as low as $5(US) in volume) as much as the NS16550AFN because they are readily available. - + As the supply of NS16550AFN chips continues to shrink, the price will probably continue to increase until more people discover and accept that the PC16550DN really has the same function as the old part number. - + National Semiconductor Part Numbering System - + The older NSnnnnnrqp part numbers are now of the format PCnnnnnrgp. - + The r is the revision field. The current revision of the 16550 from National Semiconductor is D. - + The p is the package-type field. The types are: - + @@ -906,7 +897,7 @@ QFP (quad flat pack) L lead type - + "N" DIP @@ -922,7 +913,7 @@ - + The g is the product grade field. If an I precedes the package-type letter, it indicates an @@ -930,7 +921,7 @@ specs than a standard part but not as high as Military Specification (Milspec) component. This is an optional field. - + So what we used to call a NS16550AFN (DIP Package) is now called a PC16550DN or PC16550DIN. @@ -938,7 +929,7 @@ Other Vendors and Similar UARTs - + Over the years, the 8250, 8250A, 16450 and 16550 have been licensed or copied by other chip vendors. In the case of the 8250, 8250A and 16450, the exact circuit (the @@ -946,7 +937,7 @@ including Western Digital and Intel. Other vendors reverse-engineered the part or produced emulations that had similar behavior. - + In internal modems, the modem designer will frequently emulate the 8250A/16450 with the modem microprocessor, and the emulated UART will frequently have a hidden buffer @@ -957,18 +948,18 @@ 8250A or 16450, and may not make effective use of the extra buffering present in the emulated UART unless special drivers are used. - + Some modem makers are driven by market forces to abandon a design that has hundreds of bytes of buffer and instead use a 16550A UART so that the product will compare favorably in market comparisons even though the effective performance may be lowered by this action. - + A common misconception is that all parts with 16550A written on them are identical in performance. There are differences, and in some cases, outright flaws in most of these 16550A clones. - + When the NS16550 was developed, the National Semiconductor obtained several patents on the design and they also limited licensing, making it harder for other @@ -980,7 +971,7 @@ computer and modem makers want to buy but are sometimes unwilling to pay the price required to get the genuine part. - + Some of the differences in the clone 16550A parts are unimportant, while others can prevent the device from being used at all with a given operating system or driver. These @@ -994,7 +985,7 @@ different operating system is used, problems could appear due to subtle differences between the clones and genuine components. - + National Semiconductor has made available a program named COMTEST that performs compatibility tests independent of any OS drivers. It @@ -1003,7 +994,7 @@ competition, so the program will report major as well as extremely subtle differences in behavior in the part being tested. - + In a series of tests performed by the author of this document in 1994, components made by National Semiconductor, TI, StarTech, and CMD as well as megacells and emulations @@ -1012,7 +1003,7 @@ below. Because these tests were performed in 1994, they may not reflect the current performance of the given product from a vendor. - + It should be noted that COMTEST normally aborts when an excessive number or certain types of problems have been detected. As part of this testing, COMTEST was modified so @@ -1028,51 +1019,51 @@ Errors (aka "differences" reported) - + National (PC16550DV) 0 - + National (NS16550AFN) 0 - + National (NS16C552V) 0 - + TI (TL16550AFN) 3 - + CMD (16C550PE) 19 - + StarTech (ST16C550J) 23 - + Rockwell Reference modem with internal 16550 or an emulation (RC144DPi/C3000-25) 117 - + Sierra Modem with an internal 16550 @@ -1082,7 +1073,7 @@ - + To date, the author of this document has not found any non-National parts that report zero differences using the @@ -1097,7 +1088,7 @@ bugs in the A, B and C revisions of the parts, so this bias in COMTEST must be taken into account. - + It is important to understand that a simple count of differences from COMTEST does not reveal a lot about what differences are important and which are not. For example, @@ -1111,7 +1102,7 @@ particularly those with error-correction and compression capabilities. This means that the differences related to five- and six-bit character modes can be discounted. - + Many of the differences COMTEST reports have to do with timing. In many of the clone designs, when the host reads from one port, the status bits in some other port may not @@ -1124,12 +1115,12 @@ faster or slower than the reference part (that would probably never affect the operation of a properly written driver) could have dozens of differences reported. - + COMTEST can be used as a screening tool to alert the administrator to the presence of potentially incompatible components that might cause problems or have to be handled as a special case. - + If you run COMTEST on a 16550 that is in a modem or a modem is attached to the serial port, you need to first issue a ATE0&W command to the modem so that the modem @@ -1142,7 +1133,7 @@ 8250/16450/16550 Registers - + The 8250/16450/16550 UART occupies eight contiguous I/O port addresses. In the IBM PC, there are two defined locations for these eight ports and they are known @@ -1151,13 +1142,13 @@ and COM4, but these extra COM ports conflict with other hardware on some systems. The most common conflict is with video adapters that provide IBM 8514 emulation. - + COM1 is located from 0x3f8 to 0x3ff and normally uses IRQ 4 COM2 is located from 0x2f8 to 0x2ff and normally uses IRQ 3 COM3 is located from 0x3e8 to 0x3ef and has no standardized IRQ COM4 is located from 0x2e8 to 0x2ef and has no standardized IRQ. - + A description of the I/O ports of the 8250/16450/16550 UART is provided below. @@ -1170,7 +1161,7 @@ Description - + +0x00 @@ -1180,7 +1171,7 @@ treated as data words and will be transmitted by the UART. - + +0x00 read (DLAB==0) @@ -1189,7 +1180,7 @@ accessed by the host by reading this port. - + +0x00 write/read (DLAB==1) @@ -1200,7 +1191,7 @@ register holds bits 0 thru 7 of the divisor. - + +0x01 write/read (DLAB==1) @@ -1211,7 +1202,7 @@ register holds bits 8 thru 15 of the divisor. - + +0x01 write/read (DLAB==0) @@ -1236,27 +1227,27 @@ to determine the true cause(s) of the interrupt. - + Bit 7 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 6 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 5 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 4 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 3 Enable Modem Status Interrupt (EDSSI). Setting @@ -1264,7 +1255,7 @@ interrupt when a change occurs on one or more of the status lines. - + Bit 2 Enable Receiver Line Status Interrupt (ELSI) @@ -1272,7 +1263,7 @@ an interrupt when the an error (or a BREAK signal) has been detected in the incoming data. - + Bit 1 Enable Transmitter Holding Register Empty @@ -1281,7 +1272,7 @@ for one or more additional characters that are to be transmitted. - + Bit 0 Enable Received Data Available Interrupt @@ -1295,7 +1286,7 @@ - + +0x02 write @@ -1306,7 +1297,7 @@ - + FIFO Control Register (FCR) @@ -1318,7 +1309,7 @@ Bit 7 Receiver Trigger Bit #1 - + Bit 6 Receiver Trigger Bit @@ -1326,48 +1317,48 @@ point the receiver is to generate an interrupt when the FIFO is active. - + 7 6 How many words are received before an interrupt is generated - + 0 0 1 - + 0 1 4 - + 1 0 8 - + 1 1 14 - + Bit 5 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 4 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 3 DMA Mode Select. If Bit 0 is @@ -1375,7 +1366,7 @@ the operation of the -RXRDY and -TXRDY signals from Mode 0 to Mode 1. - + Bit 2 Transmit FIFO Reset. When a @@ -1384,7 +1375,7 @@ will be sent intact. This function is useful in aborting transfers. - + Bit 1 Receiver FIFO Reset. When a @@ -1405,7 +1396,7 @@ - + +0x02 read @@ -1430,34 +1421,34 @@ FIFOs enabled. On the 8250/16450 UART, this bit is zero. - + Bit 6 FIFOs enabled. On the 8250/16450 UART, this bit is zero. - + Bit 5 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 4 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 3 Interrupt ID Bit #2. On the 8250/16450 UART, this bit is zero. - + Bit 2 Interrupt ID Bit #1 - + Bit 1 Interrupt ID Bit #0.These @@ -1473,7 +1464,7 @@ interrupts will be generated. (This is a limitation of the PC architecture.) - + 2 1 @@ -1481,7 +1472,7 @@ Priority Description - + 0 1 @@ -1490,7 +1481,7 @@ Received Error (OE, PE, BI, or FE) - + 0 1 @@ -1498,7 +1489,7 @@ Second Received Data Available - + 1 1 @@ -1507,7 +1498,7 @@ Trigger level identification (Stale data in receive buffer) - + 0 0 @@ -1516,7 +1507,7 @@ Transmitter has room for more words (THRE) - + 0 0 @@ -1525,7 +1516,7 @@ Modem Status Change (-CTS, -DSR, -RI, or -DCD) - + Bit 0 Interrupt Pending Bit. If this @@ -1535,7 +1526,7 @@ - + +0x03 write/read @@ -1554,7 +1545,7 @@ Line Control Register (LCR) - + Bit 7 Divisor Latch Access Bit @@ -1566,7 +1557,7 @@ the Divisor Registers, and clearing DLAB should be done with interrupts disabled. - + Bit 6 Set Break. When set to "1", @@ -1575,14 +1566,14 @@ overrides any bits of characters that are being transmitted. - + Bit 5 Stick Parity. When parity is enabled, setting this bit causes parity to always be "1" or "0", based on the value of Bit 4. - + Bit 4 Even Parity Select (EPS). When @@ -1590,7 +1581,7 @@ causes even parity to be transmitted and expected. Otherwise, odd parity is used. - + Bit 3 Parity Enable (PEN). When set @@ -1599,7 +1590,7 @@ also expect parity to be present in the received data. - + Bit 2 Number of Stop Bits (STB). If @@ -1609,53 +1600,53 @@ transmitted and expected. When this bit is set to "0", one Stop Bit is used on each data word. - + Bit 1 Word Length Select Bit #1 (WLSB1) - + Bit 0 Word Length Select Bit #0 (WLSB0) - + Together these bits specify the number of bits in each data word. - + 1 0 Word Length - + 0 0 5 Data Bits - + 0 1 6 Data Bits - + 1 0 7 Data Bits - + 1 1 @@ -1665,7 +1656,7 @@ - + +0x04 write/read @@ -1679,22 +1670,22 @@ Modem Control Register (MCR) - + Bit 7 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 6 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 5 Reserved, always 0. - + Bit 4 Loop-Back Enable. When set to "1", the UART @@ -1706,7 +1697,7 @@ connected to RI, and OUT 2 is connected to DCD. - + Bit 3 OUT 2. An auxiliary output that the host @@ -1715,21 +1706,21 @@ tri-state (disable) the interrupt signal from the 8250/16450/16550 UART. - + Bit 2 OUT 1. An auxiliary output that the host processor may set high or low. This output is not used on the IBM PC serial adapter. - + Bit 1 Request to Send (RTS). When set to "1", the output of the UART -RTS line is Low (Active). - + Bit 0 Data Terminal Ready (DTR). When set to "1", @@ -1739,7 +1730,7 @@ - + +0x05 write/read @@ -1753,7 +1744,7 @@ Line Status Register (LSR) - + Bit 7 Error in Receiver FIFO. On the 8250/16450 @@ -1761,7 +1752,7 @@ any of the bytes in the FIFO have one or more of the following error conditions: PE, FE, or BI. - + Bit 6 Transmitter Empty (TEMT). When set to "1", @@ -1769,7 +1760,7 @@ or the transmit shift register. The transmitter is completely idle. - + Bit 5 Transmitter Holding Register Empty (THRE). @@ -1778,13 +1769,13 @@ transmit. The transmitter may still be transmitting when this bit is set to "1". - + Bit 4 Break Interrupt (BI). The receiver has detected a Break signal. - + Bit 3 Framing Error (FE). A Start Bit was detected @@ -1792,13 +1783,13 @@ time. The received word is probably garbled. - + Bit 2 Parity Error (PE). The parity bit was incorrect for the word received. - + Bit 1 Overrun Error (OE). A new word was received @@ -1808,7 +1799,7 @@ holding register is discarded and the newly- arrived word is put in the holding register. - + Bit 0 Data Ready (DR) One or more words are in the @@ -1820,7 +1811,7 @@ - + +0x06 write/read @@ -1834,31 +1825,31 @@ Modem Status Register (MSR) - + Bit 7 Data Carrier Detect (DCD). Reflects the state of the DCD line on the UART. - + Bit 6 Ring Indicator (RI). Reflects the state of the RI line on the UART. - + Bit 5 Data Set Ready (DSR). Reflects the state of the DSR line on the UART. - + Bit 4 Clear To Send (CTS). Reflects the state of the CTS line on the UART. - + Bit 3 Delta Data Carrier Detect (DDCD). Set to "1" @@ -1866,7 +1857,7 @@ time since the last time the MSR was read by the host. - + Bit 2 Trailing Edge Ring Indicator (TERI). Set to @@ -1874,7 +1865,7 @@ since the last time the MSR was read by the host. - + Bit 1 Delta Data Set Ready (DDSR). Set to "1" if the @@ -1882,7 +1873,7 @@ since the last time the MSR was read by the host. - + Bit 0 Delta Clear To Send (DCTS). Set to "1" if the @@ -1893,7 +1884,7 @@ - + +0x07 write/read @@ -1909,7 +1900,7 @@ Beyond the 16550A UART - + Although National Semiconductor has not offered any components compatible with the 16550 that provide additional features, various other vendors have. Some of these @@ -1918,7 +1909,7 @@ have to be provided by the chip vendor since most of the popular operating systems do not support features beyond those provided by the 16550. - + ST16650 @@ -1929,20 +1920,20 @@ enabled. Made by StarTech. - + TIL16660 - + By default this part behaves similar to the NS16550A, but an extended 64-byte send and receive buffer can be optionally enabled. Made by Texas Instruments. - + Hayes ESP - + This proprietary plug-in card contains a 2048-byte send and receive buffer, and supports data rates to @@ -1950,7 +1941,7 @@ - + In addition to these dumb UARTs, many vendors produce intelligent serial communication boards. This type of design usually provides a microprocessor that interfaces with @@ -1963,28 +1954,28 @@ performance characteristics. - + Configuring the <devicename>sio</devicename> driver - + The sio driver provides support for NS8250-, NS16450-, NS16550 and NS16550A-based EIA RS-232C (CCITT V.24) communications interfaces. Several multiport cards are supported as well. See the &man.sio.4; manual page for detailed technical documentation. - + Digi International (DigiBoard) PC/8 - + Contributed by &a.awebster;. 26 August 1995. - + Here is a config snippet from a machine with a Digi International PC/8 with 16550. It has 8 modems connected to these 8 lines, and they work just great. Do not forget to add options COM_MULTIPORT or it will not work very well! - + device sio4 at isa? port 0x100 flags 0xb05 device sio5 at isa? port 0x108 flags 0xb05 device sio6 at isa? port 0x110 flags 0xb05 @@ -1993,7 +1984,7 @@ device sio9 at isa? port 0x128 flags 0xb05 device sio10 at isa? port 0x130 flags 0xb05 device sio11 at isa? port 0x138 flags 0xb05 irq 9 - + The trick in setting this up is that the MSB of the flags represent the last SIO port, in this case 11 so flags are 0xb05. @@ -2001,14 +1992,14 @@ Boca 16 - + Contributed by &a.whiteside;. 26 August 1995. - + The procedures to make a Boca 16 port board with FreeBSD are pretty straightforward, but you will need a couple things to make it work: - + You either need the kernel sources installed so you @@ -2018,21 +2009,21 @@ multiport support enabled and you will need to add a device entry for each port anyways. - + Two, you will need to know the interrupt and IO setting for your Boca Board so you can set these options properly in the kernel. - + One important note — the actual UART chips for the Boca 16 are in the connector box, not on the internal board itself. So if you have it unplugged, probes of those ports will fail. I have never tested booting with the box unplugged and plugging it back in, and I suggest you do not either. - + If you do not already have a custom kernel configuration file set up, refer to Kernel @@ -2040,16 +2031,16 @@ general procedures. The following are the specifics for the Boca 16 board and assume you are using the kernel name MYKERNEL and editing with vi. - + - Add the line - + Add the line + options COM_MULTIPORT to the config file. - + Where the current device sion lines are, you @@ -2084,7 +2075,7 @@ 1C indicates the minor number of the master port. Do not change the 05 setting. - + Save and complete the kernel configuration, recompile, install and reboot. Presuming you have @@ -2093,7 +2084,7 @@ should indicate the successful probe of the Boca ports as follows: (obviously the sio numbers, IO and IRQ could be different) - + sio1 at 0x100-0x107 flags 0x1005 on isa sio1: type 16550A (multiport) sio2 at 0x108-0x10f flags 0x1005 on isa @@ -2132,7 +2123,7 @@ &prompt.root; dmesg | more will show you the boot messages. - + Next, appropriate entries in /dev for the devices must be made @@ -2140,27 +2131,27 @@ script. This step can be omitted if you are running FreeBSD 5.X with a kernel that has &man.devfs.5; support compiled in. - + If you do need to create the /dev entries, run the following as root: - + &prompt.root; cd /dev &prompt.root; ./MAKEDEV tty1 &prompt.root; ./MAKEDEV cua1 (everything in between) &prompt.root; ./MAKEDEV ttyg &prompt.root; ./MAKEDEV cuag - + If you do not want or need call-out devices for some reason, you can dispense with making the cua* devices. - + If you want a quick and sloppy way to make sure the devices are working, you can simply plug a modem into each port and (as root) - + &prompt.root; echo at > ttyd* for each device you have made. You should see the RX lights flash for each @@ -2175,11 +2166,11 @@ Contributed by Helge Oldach hmo@sep.hamburg.com, September 1999 - + Ever wondered about FreeBSD support for your 20$ multi-I/O card with two (or more) COM ports, sharing IRQs? Here is how: - + Usually the only option to support these kind of boards is to use a distinct IRQ for each port. For example, if your CPU board has an on-board COM1 @@ -2194,7 +2185,7 @@ basically possible to run both extension board ports using a single IRQ with the COM_MULTIPORT configuration described in the previous sections. - + Such cheap I/O boards commonly have a 4 by 3 jumper matrix for the COM ports, similar to the following: @@ -2288,13 +2279,13 @@ likely there is something wrong with your wiring. - + Configuring the <devicename>cy</devicename> driver - + Contributed by Alex Nash. 6 June 1996. - + The Cyclades multiport cards are based on the cy driver instead of the usual sio driver used by other multiport @@ -2305,39 +2296,39 @@ Add the cy device to your kernel configuration (note that your irq and iomem settings may differ). - + device cy0 at isa? irq 10 iomem 0xd4000 iosiz 0x2000 - + Rebuild and install the new kernel. - + Make the device nodes by typing (the following example assumes an 8-port board) You can omit this part if you are running FreeBSD 5.X with &man.devfs.5;. : - + &prompt.root; cd /dev &prompt.root; for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7;do ./MAKEDEV cuac$i ttyc$i;done - + If appropriate, add dialup entries to /etc/ttys by duplicating serial device (ttyd) entries and using ttyc in place of ttyd. For example: - + ttyc0 "/usr/libexec/getty std.38400" unknown on insecure ttyc1 "/usr/libexec/getty std.38400" unknown on insecure ttyc2 "/usr/libexec/getty std.38400" unknown on insecure … ttyc7 "/usr/libexec/getty std.38400" unknown on insecure - + Reboot with the new kernel. @@ -2349,7 +2340,7 @@ Contributed by &a.nsayer;. 25 March 1998. - + The Specialix SI/XIO and SX multiport cards use the si driver. A single machine can have up to 4 host cards. The following host cards are @@ -2378,11 +2369,11 @@ SI 4 or 8 port modules. Up to 57600 bps on each port supported. - + XIO 8 port modules. Up to 115200 bps on each port supported. One type of XIO module has 7 serial and 1 parallel port. - + SXDC 8 port modules. Up to 921600 bps on each port supported. Like XIO, a module is available with one parallel port as well. @@ -2391,19 +2382,19 @@ To configure an ISA host card, add the following line to your kernel configuration file, changing the numbers as appropriate: - + device si0 at isa? iomem 0xd0000 irq 11 Valid IRQ numbers are 9, 10, 11, 12 and 15 for SX ISA host cards and 11, 12 and 15 for SI/XIO ISA host cards. - + To configure an EISA or PCI host card, use this line: - + device si0 After adding the configuration entry, rebuild and install your new kernel. - + The following step, is not necessary if you are using &man.devfs.5; in FreeBSD 5.X. @@ -2413,19 +2404,19 @@ device nodes in /dev. The MAKEDEV script will take care of this for you. Count how many total ports you have and type: - + &prompt.root; cd /dev &prompt.root; ./MAKEDEV ttyAnn cuaAnn - + (where nn is the number of ports) - + If you want login prompts to appear on these ports, you will need to add lines like this to /etc/ttys: ttyA01 "/usr/libexec/getty std.9600" vt100 on insecure - + Change the terminal type as appropriate. For modems, dialup or unknown is fine. Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//smp/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/smp/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.6 diff -u -r1.6 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//smp/article.sgml 18 Feb 2003 11:46:51 -0000 1.6 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//smp/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:37:43 -0000 @@ -498,23 +498,23 @@ struct ucred is the kernel's internal credential structure, and is generally used as the - basis for process-driven access control within the kernel. - BSD-derived systems use a copy-on-write model for credential - data: multiple references may exist for a credential structure, + basis for process-driven access control within the kernel. + BSD-derived systems use a copy-on-write model for credential + data: multiple references may exist for a credential structure, and when a change needs to be made, the structure is duplicated, modified, and then the reference replaced. Due to wide-spread caching of the credential to implement access control on open, this results in substantial memory savings. With a move to fine-grained SMP, this model also saves substantially on locking operations by requiring that modification only occur - on an unshared credential, avoiding the need for explicit + on an unshared credential, avoiding the need for explicit synchronization when consuming a known-shared credential. Credential structures with a single reference are - considered mutable; shared credential structures must not be + considered mutable; shared credential structures must not be modified or a race condition is risked. A mutex, - cr_mtxp protects the reference + cr_mtxp protects the reference count of struct ucred so as to maintain consistency. Any use of the structure requires a valid reference for the duration of the use, or the structure @@ -631,8 +631,8 @@ The newbus system will have one sx lock. Readers will hold a shared (read) lock (&man.sx.slock.9;) and writers will hold - an exclusive (write) lock (&man.sx.xlock.9;). Internal functions - will not do locking at all. Externally visible ones will lock as + an exclusive (write) lock (&man.sx.xlock.9;). Internal functions + will not do locking at all. Externally visible ones will lock as needed. Those items that do not matter if the race is won or lost will not be locked, since they tend to be read all over the place Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//solid-state/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/solid-state/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.10 diff -u -r1.10 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//solid-state/article.sgml 16 Jan 2003 16:39:27 -0000 1.10 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//solid-state/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:37:50 -0000 @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ - + $FreeBSD: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/solid-state/article.sgml,v 1.10 2003/01/16 16:39:27 brueffer Exp $ @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ &legalnotice; - + This article covers the use of solid state disk devices in FreeBSD to create embedded systems. - + Embedded systems have the advantage of increased stability due to the lack of integral moving parts (hard drives). Account must be taken, however, for the generally low disk space available in the @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ &prompt.root; mknod /dev/ad0a c 116 0 -&prompt.root; mknod /dev/ad0c c 116 2 +&prompt.root; mknod /dev/ad0c c 116 2 &prompt.root; disklabel -e /dev/ad0c &prompt.root; mknod /dev/fla0a c 102 0 @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ - + Bring this machine up on the network so we may transfer our tar file and explode it onto our flash media filesystem. One example of how to do this is: @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ &prompt.root; mount /dev/vn0c /mnt - + Place your kernel file into /mnt, replacing the existing one @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ /var/db/pkg. An example: &prompt.root; ln -s /etc/pkg /var/db/pkg - + Add another line in /etc/rc.diskless2 that creates and populates /var/db/port.mkversion @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ First, add the directory log/apache to the list of directories to be created in /etc/rc.diskless2. - + Second, add these commands to /etc/rc.diskless2 after the directory creation section: Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//storage-devices/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/storage-devices/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.12 diff -u -r1.12 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//storage-devices/article.sgml 21 May 2003 20:55:29 -0000 1.12 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//storage-devices/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:38:23 -0000 @@ -8,36 +8,36 @@
    Storage Devices - + Wilko Bulte - +
    wilko@FreeBSD.org
         - + $FreeBSD: doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/storage-devices/article.sgml,v 1.12 2003/05/21 20:55:29 keramida Exp $ - + This article talks about storage devices with FreeBSD.     - + Using ESDI hard disks - + Copyright © 1995, &a.wilko;. 24 September 1995. - + ESDI is an acronym that means Enhanced Small Device Interface. It is loosely based on the good old ST506/412 interface originally devised by Seagate Technology, the makers of the first affordable 5.25" winchester disk. - + The acronym says Enhanced, and rightly so. In the first place the speed of the interface is higher, 10 or 15 Mbits/second instead of the 5 Mbits/second of ST412 interfaced @@ -45,33 +45,33 @@ the ESDI interface somewhat smarter to the operating system driver writers. It is by no means as smart as SCSI by the way. ESDI is standardized by ANSI. - + Capacities of the drives are boosted by putting more sectors on each track. Typical is 35 sectors per track, high capacity drives I have seen were up to 54 sectors/track. - + Although ESDI has been largely obsoleted by IDE and SCSI interfaces, the availability of free or cheap surplus drives makes them ideal for low (or now) budget systems. - + Concepts of ESDI Physical connections - + The ESDI interface uses two cables connected to each drive. One cable is a 34 pin flat cable edge connector that carries the command and status signals from the controller to the drive and vice-versa. The command cable is daisy chained between all the drives. So, it forms a bus onto which all drives are connected. - + The second cable is a 20 pin flat cable edge connector that carries the data to and from the drive. This cable is radially connected, so each drive has its own direct connection to the controller. - + To the best of my knowledge PC ESDI controllers are limited to using a maximum of 2 drives per controller. This is compatibility feature(?) left over from the WD1003 standard that reserves only a @@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ Device addressing - + On each command cable a maximum of 7 devices and 1 controller can be present. To enable the controller to uniquely identify which drive it addresses, each ESDI device is equipped with jumpers or switches to select the devices address. - + On PC type controllers the first drive is set to address 0, the second disk to address 1. Always make sure you set each disk to an unique address! So, on a @@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ Termination - + The daisy chained command cable (the 34 pin cable remember?) needs to be terminated at the last drive on the chain. For this purpose ESDI drives come with a termination resistor network that can be removed or disabled by a jumper when it is not used. - + So, one and only one drive, the one at the farthest end of the command cable has its terminator installed/enabled. The controller automatically terminates the @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ not in the middle. - + Using ESDI disks with FreeBSD @@ -120,18 +120,18 @@ developed a profound sense of frustration. A combination of factors works against you to produce effects that are hard to understand when you have never seen them before. - + This has also led to the popular legend ESDI and FreeBSD is a plain NO-GO. The following sections try to list all the pitfalls and solutions. - + ESDI speed variants - + As briefly mentioned before, ESDI comes in two speed flavors. The older drives and controllers use a 10 Mbits/second data transfer rate. Newer stuff uses 15 Mbits/second. - + It is not hard to imagine that 15 Mbits/second drive cause problems on controllers laid out for 10 Mbits/second. As always, consult your controller and drive @@ -140,18 +140,18 @@ Stay on track - + Mainstream ESDI drives use 34 to 36 sectors per track. Most (older) controllers cannot handle more than this number of sectors. Newer, higher capacity, drives use higher numbers of sectors per track. For instance, I own a 670 MB drive that has 54 sectors per track. - + In my case, the controller could not handle this number of sectors. It proved to work well except that it only used 35 sectors on each track. This meant losing a lot of disk space. - + Once again, check the documentation of your hardware for more info. Going out-of-spec like in the example might or might not work. Give it a try or get another more capable @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ Hard or soft sectoring - + Most ESDI drives allow hard or soft sectoring to be selected using a jumper. Hard sectoring means that the drive will produce a sector pulse on the start of each new sector. The controller uses this pulse to tell when it should start to write or read. - + Hard sectoring allows a selection of sector size (normally 256, 512 or 1024 bytes per formatted sector). FreeBSD uses 512 byte sectors. The number of sectors per track also varies while @@ -177,12 +177,12 @@ track of course gives you more usable space, but might give problems if your controller needs more bytes than the drive offers. - + In case of soft sectoring, the controller itself determines where to start/stop reading or writing. For ESDI hard sectoring is the default (at least on everything I came across). I never felt the urge to try soft sectoring. - + In general, experiment with sector settings before you install FreeBSD because you need to re-run the low-level format after each change. @@ -190,21 +190,21 @@ Low level formatting - + ESDI drives need to be low level formatted before they are usable. A reformat is needed whenever you figgle with the number of sectors/track jumpers or the physical orientation of the drive (horizontal, vertical). So, first think, then format. The format time must not be underestimated, for big disks it can take hours. - + After a low level format, a surface scan is done to find and flag bad sectors. Most disks have a manufacturer bad block list listed on a piece of paper or adhesive sticker. In addition, on most disks the list is also written onto the disk. Please use the manufacturer's list. It is much easier to remap a defect now than after FreeBSD is installed. - + Stay away from low-level formatters that mark all sectors of a track as bad as soon as they find one bad sector. Not only does this waste space, it also and more importantly causes you grief @@ -213,13 +213,13 @@ Translations - + Translations, although not exclusively a ESDI-only problem, might give you real trouble. Translations come in multiple flavors. Most of them have in common that they attempt to work around the limitations posed upon disk geometries by the original IBM PC/AT design (thanks IBM!). - + First of all there is the (in)famous 1024 cylinder limit. For a system to be able to boot, the stuff (whatever operating system) must be in the first 1024 cylinders of a disk. Only 10 bits are @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ sectors the limit is 64 (0-63). When you combine the 1024 cylinder limit with the 16 head limit (also a design feature) you max out at fairly limited disk sizes. - + To work around this problem, the manufacturers of ESDI PC controllers added a BIOS prom extension on their boards. This BIOS extension handles disk I/O for booting (and for some @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ and is therefore usable by the system without problems. It is noteworthy to know that FreeBSD does not use the BIOS after its kernel has started. More on this later. - + A second reason for translations is the fact that most older system BIOSes could only handle drives with 17 sectors per track (the old ST412 standard). Newer system BIOSes usually have a @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ keep in mind that if you have multiple operating systems on the same disk, all must use the same translation - + While on the subject of translations, I have seen one controller type (but there are probably more like this) offer the option to logically split a drive in multiple partitions as a BIOS @@ -259,29 +259,29 @@ info and presented itself to the system based on the info from the disk. - + Spare sectoring - + Most ESDI controllers offer the possibility to remap bad sectors. During/after the low-level format of the disk bad sectors are marked as such, and a replacement sector is put in place (logically of course) of the bad one. - + In most cases the remapping is done by using N-1 sectors on each track for actual data storage, and sector N itself is the spare sector. N is the total number of sectors physically available on the track. The idea behind this is that the operating system sees a perfect disk without bad sectors. In the case of FreeBSD this concept is not usable. - + The problem is that the translation from bad to good is performed by the BIOS of the ESDI controller. FreeBSD, being a true 32 bit operating system, does not use the BIOS after it has been booted. Instead, it has device drivers that talk directly to the hardware. - + So: do not use spare sectoring, bad block remapping or whatever it may be called by the controller manufacturer when you want to use the disk for FreeBSD. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Bad block handling - + The preceding section leaves us with a problem. The controller's bad block handling is not usable and still FreeBSD's filesystems assume perfect media without any flaws. To solve this @@ -298,14 +298,14 @@ scans a FreeBSD slice for bad blocks. Having found these bad blocks, it writes a table with the offending block numbers to the end of the FreeBSD slice. - + When the disk is in operation, the disk accesses are checked against the table read from the disk. Whenever a block number is requested that is in the bad144 list, a replacement block (also from the end of the FreeBSD slice) is used. In this way, the bad144 replacement scheme presents perfect media to the FreeBSD filesystems. - + There are a number of potential pitfalls associated with the use of bad144. First of all, the slice cannot have more than 126 bad sectors. If your drive has a high number @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ sector of a track as bad when they find a flaw on the track. As you can imagine, the 126 limit is quickly reached when the low-level format is done this way. - + Second, if the slice contains the root filesystem, the slice should be within the 1024 cylinder BIOS limit. During the boot process the bad144 list is read using the BIOS and this only @@ -331,20 +331,20 @@ Kernel configuration - + ESDI disks are handled by the same wddriver as IDE and ST412 MFM disks. The wd driver should work for all WD1003 compatible interfaces. - + Most hardware is jumperable for one of two different I/O address ranges and IRQ lines. This allows you to have two wd type controllers in one system. - + When your hardware allows non-standard strappings, you can use these with FreeBSD as long as you enter the correct info into the kernel config file. An example from the kernel config file (they live in /sys/i386/conf BTW). - + # First WD compatible controller controller wdc0 at isa? port "IO_WD1" bio irq 14 vector wdintr disk wd0 at wdc0 drive 0 @@ -355,17 +355,17 @@ disk wd3 at wdc1 drive 1 - + Particulars on ESDI hardware Adaptec 2320 controllers - + I successfully installed FreeBSD onto a ESDI disk controlled by a ACB-2320. No other operating system was present on the disk. - + To do so I low level formatted the disk using NEFMT.EXE (ftpable from www.adaptec.com) and answered NO to @@ -373,20 +373,20 @@ sector on each track. The BIOS on the ACD-2320 was disabled. I used the free configurable option in the system BIOS to allow the BIOS to boot it. - + Before using NEFMT.EXE I tried to format the disk using the ACB-2320 BIOS built-in formatter. This proved to be a show stopper, because it did not give me an option to disable spare sectoring. With spare sectoring enabled the FreeBSD installation process broke down on the bad144 run. - + Please check carefully which ACB-232xy variant you have. The x is either 0 or 2, indicating a controller without or with a floppy controller on board. - + The y is more interesting. It can either be a blank, a A-8 or a D. A blank indicates a plain 10 Mbits/second controller. An @@ -394,18 +394,18 @@ capable of handling 52 sectors/track. A D means a 15 Mbits/second controller that can also handle drives with > 36 sectors/track (also 52?). - + All variations should be capable of using 1:1 interleaving. Use 1:1, FreeBSD is fast enough to handle it. Western Digital WD1007 controllers - + I successfully installed FreeBSD onto a ESDI disk controlled by a WD1007 controller. To be precise, it was a WD1007-WA2. Other variations of the WD1007 do exist. - + To get it to work, I had to disable the sector translation and the WD1007's onboard BIOS. This implied I could not use the low-level formatter built into this BIOS. Instead, I grabbed @@ -416,34 +416,34 @@ Ultrastor U14F controllers - + According to multiple reports from the net, Ultrastor ESDI boards work OK with FreeBSD. I lack any further info on particular settings. - + Further reading - + If you intend to do some serious ESDI hacking, you might want to have the official standard at hand: - + The latest ANSI X3T10 committee document is: Enhanced Small Device Interface (ESDI) [X3.170-1990/X3.170a-1991] [X3T10/792D Rev 11] - + On Usenet the newsgroup comp.periphs is a noteworthy place to look for more info. - + The World Wide Web (WWW) also proves to be a very handy info source: For info on Adaptec ESDI controllers see . For info on Western Digital controllers see . - + Thanks to... @@ -451,20 +451,20 @@ disk for testing. - + What is SCSI? - + Copyright © 1995, &a.wilko;. July 6, 1996. - + SCSI is an acronym for Small Computer Systems Interface. It is an ANSI standard that has become one of the leading I/O buses in the computer industry. The foundation of the SCSI standard was laid by Shugart Associates (the same guys that gave the world the first mini floppy disks) when they introduced the SASI bus (Shugart Associates Standard Interface). - + After some time an industry effort was started to come to a more strict standard allowing devices from different vendors to work together. This effort was recognized in the ANSI SCSI-1 standard. @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ current standard is SCSI-2 (see Further reading), with SCSI-3 on the drawing boards. - + In addition to a physical interconnection standard, SCSI defines a logical (command set) standard to which disk devices must adhere. This standard is called the Common Command Set (CCS) and was developed @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ (revised) CCS as part of the standard itself. The commands are dependent on the type of device at hand. It does not make much sense of course to define a Write command for a scanner. - + The SCSI bus is a parallel bus, which comes in a number of variants. The oldest and most used is an 8 bit wide bus, with single-ended signals, carried on 50 wires. (If you do not know what @@ -494,13 +494,13 @@ is 40 million transfers per second (40 Mbytes/sec on a 8 bit bus). Most hard drives sold today are single-ended Ultra SCSI (8 or 16 bits). - + Of course the SCSI bus not only has data lines, but also a number of control signals. A very elaborate protocol is part of the standard to allow multiple devices to share the bus in an efficient manner. In SCSI-2, the data is always checked using a separate parity line. In pre-SCSI-2 designs parity was optional. - + In SCSI-3 even faster bus types are introduced, along with a serial SCSI busses that reduces the cabling overhead and allows a higher maximum bus length. You might see names like SSA and @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ in widespread use (especially not in the typical FreeBSD environment). For this reason the serial bus types are not discussed any further. - + As you could have guessed from the description above, SCSI devices are intelligent. They have to be to adhere to the SCSI standard (which is over 2 inches thick BTW). So, for a hard disk drive for @@ -516,12 +516,12 @@ particular block, but simply the number of the block you want. Elaborate caching schemes, automatic bad block replacement etc are all made possible by this intelligent device approach. - + On a SCSI bus, each possible pair of devices can communicate. Whether their function allows this is another matter, but the standard does not restrict it. To avoid signal contention, the 2 devices have to arbitrate for the bus before using it. - + The philosophy of SCSI is to have a standard that allows older-standard devices to work with newer-standard ones. So, an old SCSI-1 device should normally work on a SCSI-2 bus. I say Normally, @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ new bus. Modern devices are usually more well-behaved, because the standardization has become more strict and is better adhered to by the device manufacturers. - + Generally speaking, the chances of getting a working set of devices on a single bus is better when all the devices are SCSI-2 or newer. This implies that you do not have to dump all your old stuff @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ devices however. This is especially advantageous if you have an Ultra160 host adapter where you should separate your U160 devices from the Fast and Wide SCSI-2 devices. - + Components of SCSI @@ -554,16 +554,16 @@ their hardware particulars. FreeBSD uses this capability during boot to check out what devices are connected and whether they need any special treatment. - + The advantage of intelligent devices is obvious: the device drivers on the host can be made in a much more generic fashion, there is no longer a need to change (and qualify!) drivers for every odd new device that is introduced. - + For cabling and connectors there is a golden rule: get good stuff. With bus speeds going up all the time you will save yourself a lot of grief by using good material. - + So, gold plated connectors, shielded cabling, sturdy connector hoods with strain reliefs etc are the way to go. Second golden rule: do no use cables longer than necessary. I once spent 3 days hunting @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ the SCSI bus by 1 meter solved the problem. And the original bus length was well within the SCSI specification. - + SCSI bus types @@ -582,27 +582,27 @@ converter hardware to transform a single-ended bus into a differential one (and vice versa). The differences between the bus types are explained in the next sections. - + In lots of SCSI related documentation there is a sort of jargon in use to abbreviate the different bus types. A small list: - + FWD: Fast Wide Differential - + FND: Fast Narrow Differential - + SE: Single Ended - + FN: Fast Narrow - + etc. @@ -611,11 +611,11 @@ With a minor amount of imagination one can usually imagine what is meant. - + Wide is a bit ambiguous, it can indicate 16 or 32 bit buses. As far as I know, the 32 bit variant is not (yet) in use, so wide normally means 16 bit. - + Fast means that the timing on the bus is somewhat different, so that on a narrow (8 bit) bus 10 Mbytes/sec are possible instead of 5 Mbytes/sec for slow SCSI. As discussed before, bus speeds of 20 @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Single ended buses - + A single-ended SCSI bus uses signals that are either 5 Volts or 0 Volts (indeed, TTL levels) and are relative to a COMMON ground reference. A singled ended 8 bit SCSI bus has @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ maximum length allowed drops to 3 meters. Fast-SCSI means that instead of 5Mbytes/sec the bus allows 10Mbytes/sec transfers. - + Fast-20 (Ultra SCSI) and Fast-40 allow for 20 and 40 million transfers/second respectively. So, F20 is 20 Mbytes/second on a 8 bit bus, 40 Mbytes/second on a 16 bit bus etc. For F20 the max @@ -656,16 +656,16 @@ bus must adhere to the length restrictions for fast buses! - + It is obvious that with the newer fast-SCSI devices the bus length can become a real bottleneck. This is why the differential SCSI bus was introduced in the SCSI-2 standard. - + For connector pinning and connector types please refer to the SCSI-2 standard (see Further reading) itself, connectors etc are listed there in painstaking detail. - + Beware of devices using non-standard cabling. For instance Apple uses a 25pin D-type connecter (like the one on serial ports and parallel printers). Considering that the official SCSI bus @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ Differential buses - + A differential SCSI bus has a maximum length of 25 meters. Quite a difference from the 3 meters for a single-ended fast-SCSI bus. The idea behind differential signals is that each bus signal @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ or de-asserted. To a certain extent the voltage difference between ground and the signal wire pair is not relevant (do not try 10 kVolts though). - + It is beyond the scope of this document to explain why this differential idea is so much better. Just accept that electrically seen the use of differential signals gives a much @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ use for inter-cabinet connections. Because of the lower cost single ended is mostly used for shorter buses like inside cabinets. - + There is nothing that stops you from using differential stuff with FreeBSD, as long as you use a controller that has device driver support in FreeBSD. As an example, Adaptec marketed the @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ Terminators - + Terminators in SCSI terminology are resistor networks that are used to get a correct impedance matching. Impedance matching is important to get clean signals on the bus, without reflections or @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ line you probably know what reflections are. With 20Mbytes/sec traveling over your SCSI bus, you do not want signals echoing back. - + Terminators come in various incarnations, with more or less sophisticated designs. Of course, there are internal and external variants. Many SCSI devices come with a number of sockets in @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ onto a flat cable bus. Others look like external connectors, or a connector hood without a cable. So, lots of choice as you can see. - + There is much debate going on if and when you should switch from simple resistor (passive) terminators to active terminators. Active terminators contain slightly more elaborate circuit to give @@ -738,11 +738,11 @@ buses and/or fast devices. If you ever have problems with your SCSI buses you might consider trying an active terminator. Try to borrow one first, they reputedly are quite expensive. - + Please keep in mind that terminators for differential and single-ended buses are not identical. You should not mix the two variants. - + OK, and now where should you install your terminators? This is by far the most misunderstood part of SCSI. And it is by far the simplest. The rule is: every single line on the SCSI @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ grief, because wrong termination has the potential to introduce highly mysterious bugs. (Note the potential here; the nastiest part is that it may or may not work.) - + A common pitfall is to have an internal (flat) cable in a machine and also an external cable attached to the controller. It seems almost everybody forgets to remove the terminators from the @@ -767,13 +767,13 @@ bits of the bus on the adapter (as well as the last devices on each bus, of course). - + What I did myself is remove all terminators from my SCSI devices and controllers. I own a couple of external terminators, for both the Centronics-type external cabling and for the internal flat cable connectors. This makes reconfiguration much easier. - + On modern devices, sometimes integrated terminators are used. These things are special purpose integrated circuits that can be enabled or disabled with a control pin. It is not necessary to @@ -787,25 +787,25 @@ Terminator power - + The terminators discussed in the previous chapter need power to operate properly. On the SCSI bus, a line is dedicated to this purpose. So, simple huh? - + Not so. Each device can provide its own terminator power to the terminator sockets it has on-device. But if you have external terminators, or when the device supplying the terminator power to the SCSI bus line is switched off you are in trouble. - + The idea is that initiators (these are devices that initiate actions on the bus, a discussion follows) must supply terminator power. All SCSI devices are allowed (but not required) to supply terminator power. - + To allow for un-powered devices on a bus, the terminator power must be supplied to the bus via a diode. This prevents the backflow of current to un-powered devices. - + To prevent all kinds of nastiness, the terminator power is usually fused. As you can imagine, fuses might blow. This can, but does not have to, lead to a non functional bus. If multiple @@ -813,18 +813,18 @@ you out of business. A single supplier with a blown fuse certainly will. Clever external terminators sometimes have a LED indication that shows whether terminator power is present. - + In newer designs auto-restoring fuses that reset themselves after some time are sometimes used. Device addressing - + Because the SCSI bus is, ehh, a bus there must be a way to distinguish or address the different devices connected to it. - + This is done by means of the SCSI or target ID. Each device has a unique target ID. You can select the ID to which a device must respond using a set of jumpers, or a dip switch, or something @@ -832,12 +832,12 @@ from the boot menu. (Yet some others will not let you change the ID from 7.) Consult the documentation of your device for more information. - + Beware of multiple devices configured to use the same ID. Chaos normally reigns in this case. A pitfall is that one of the devices sharing the same ID sometimes even manages to answer to I/O requests! - + For an 8 bit bus, a maximum of 8 targets is possible. The maximum is 8 because the selection is done bitwise using the 8 data lines on the bus. For wide buses this increases to the @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ something higher than 7 (or your CDROM will stop working). - + The higher the SCSI target ID, the higher the priority the devices has. When it comes to arbitration between devices that want to use the bus at the same time, the device that has the @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ on a wide-SCSI system. (If you are wondering why the lower 8 have higher priority, read the previous paragraph for a hint.) - + For a further subdivision, the standard allows for Logical Units or LUNs for short. A single target ID may have multiple LUNs. For example, a tape device including a tape changer may @@ -869,10 +869,10 @@ changer. In this way, the host system can address each of the functional units of the tape changer as desired. - + Bus layout - + SCSI buses are linear. So, not shaped like Y-junctions, star topologies, rings, cobwebs or whatever else people might want to invent. One of the most common mistakes is for people with @@ -882,31 +882,31 @@ really lucky, but I can almost guarantee that your system will stop functioning at the most unfortunate moment (this is also known as Murphy's law). - + You might notice that the terminator issue discussed earlier becomes rather hairy if your bus is not linear. Also, if you have more connectors than devices on your internal SCSI cable, make sure you attach devices on connectors on both ends instead of using the connectors in the middle and let one or both ends dangle. This will screw up the termination of the bus. - + The electrical characteristics, its noise margins and ultimately the reliability of it all are tightly related to linear bus rule. - + Stick to the linear bus rule! - + Using SCSI with FreeBSD About translations, BIOSes and magic... - + As stated before, you should first make sure that you have a electrically sound bus. - + When you want to use a SCSI disk on your PC as boot disk, you must aware of some quirks related to PC BIOSes. The PC BIOS in its first incarnation used a low level physical interface to the @@ -915,20 +915,20 @@ involved stating number of heads, number of cylinders, number of sectors per track, obscure things like precompensation and reduced write current cylinder etc. - + One might be inclined to think that since SCSI disks are smart you can forget about this. Alas, the arcane setup issue is still present today. The system BIOS needs to know how to access your SCSI disk with the head/cyl/sector method in order to load the FreeBSD kernel during boot. - + The SCSI host adapter or SCSI controller you have put in your AT/EISA/PCI/whatever bus to connect your disk therefore has its own on-board BIOS. During system startup, the SCSI BIOS takes over the hard disk interface routines from the system BIOS. To fool the system BIOS, the system setup is normally set to No hard disk present. Obvious, is it not? - + The SCSI BIOS itself presents to the system a so called translated drive. This means that a fake drive table is constructed that allows the PC to boot the drive. @@ -938,37 +938,37 @@ size. It is useful to note that 32 * 64 / 2 = the size of your drive in megabytes. The division by 2 is to get from disk blocks that are normally 512 bytes in size to Kbytes. - + Right. All is well now?! No, it is not. The system BIOS has another quirk you might run into. The number of cylinders of a bootable hard disk cannot be greater than 1024. Using the translation above, this is a show-stopper for disks greater than 1 GB. With disk capacities going up all the time this is causing problems. - + Fortunately, the solution is simple: just use another translation, e.g. with 128 heads instead of 32. In most cases new SCSI BIOS versions are available to upgrade older SCSI host adapters. Some newer adapters have an option, in the form of a jumper or software setup selection, to switch the translation the SCSI BIOS uses. - + It is very important that all operating systems on the disk use the same translation to get the right idea about where to find the relevant partitions. So, when installing FreeBSD you must answer any questions about heads/cylinders etc using the translated values your host adapter uses. - + Failing to observe the translation issue might lead to un-bootable systems or operating systems overwriting each others partitions. Using fdisk you should be able to see all partitions. - + You might have heard some talk of lying devices? Older FreeBSD kernels used to report the geometry of SCSI disks when booting. An example from one of my systems: - + aha0 targ 0 lun 0: <MICROP 1588-15MB1057404HSP4> da0: 636MB (1303250 total sec), 1632 cyl, 15 head, 53 sec, bytes/sec 512 @@ -977,9 +977,9 @@ (bt0:0:0): "SEAGATE ST41651 7574" type 0 fixed SCSI 2 da0(bt0:0:0): Direct-Access 1350MB (2766300 512 byte sectors) - + Why has this changed? - + This info is retrieved from the SCSI disk itself. Newer disks often use a technique called zone bit recording. The idea is that on the outer cylinders of the drive there is more space so more @@ -996,13 +996,13 @@ SCSI subsystem design - + FreeBSD uses a layered SCSI subsystem. For each different controller card a device driver is written. This driver knows all the intimate details about the hardware it controls. The driver has a interface to the upper layers of the SCSI subsystem through which it receives its commands and reports back any status. - + On top of the card drivers there are a number of more generic drivers for a class of devices. More specific: a driver for tape devices (abbreviation: sa, for serial access), @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ In case you are wondering where you can find this stuff, it all lives in /sys/cam/scsi. See the man pages in section 4 for more details. - + The multi level design allows a decoupling of low-level bit banging and more high level stuff. Adding support for another piece of hardware is a much more manageable problem. @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ Kernel configuration - + Dependent on your hardware, the kernel configuration file must contain one or more lines describing your host adapter(s). This includes I/O addresses, interrupts etc. Consult the manual page for @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ possible option you can dream of. It does not imply LINT will actually get you to a working kernel at all. - + Although it is probably stating the obvious: the kernel config file should reflect your actual hardware setup. So, interrupts, I/O addresses etc must match the kernel config file. During @@ -1043,11 +1043,11 @@ adapters themselves at boot time; thus, you just need to write, for instance, controller ahc0. - + An example loosely based on the FreeBSD 2.2.5-Release kernel config file LINT with some added comments (between []): - + # SCSI host adapters: `aha', `ahb', `aic', `bt', `nca' # # aha: Adaptec 154x @@ -1084,14 +1084,14 @@ disk da3 at scbus2 target 4 [SCSI disk on the ncr0] tape sa1 at scbus0 target 6 [SCSI tape at target 6] device cd0 at scbus? [the first ever CDROM found, no wiring] - + The example above tells the kernel to look for a ahc (Adaptec 274x) controller, then for an NCR/Symbios board, and so on. The lines following the controller specifications tell the kernel to configure specific devices but only attach them when they match the target ID and LUN specified on the corresponding bus. - + Wired down devices get first shot at the unit numbers so the first non wired down device, is allocated the unit number one greater than the highest @@ -1109,26 +1109,26 @@ no relationship with its target ID on the SCSI bus. - + Below is another example of a kernel config file as used by FreeBSD version < 2.0.5. The difference with the first example is that devices are not wired down. Wired down means that you specify which SCSI target belongs to which device. - + A kernel built to the config file below will attach the first SCSI disk it finds to da0, the second disk to da1 etc. If you ever removed or added a disk, all other devices of the same type (disk in this case) would move around. This implies you have to change /etc/fstab each time. - + Although the old style still works, you are strongly recommended to use this new feature. It will save you a lot of grief whenever you shift your hardware around on the SCSI buses. So, when you re-use your old trusty config file after upgrading from a pre-FreeBSD2.0.5.R system check this out. - + [driver for Adaptec 174x] controller ahb0 at isa? bio irq 11 vector ahbintr @@ -1145,14 +1145,14 @@ [for the CDROM] device cd0 #Only need one of these, the code dynamically grows - + Both examples support SCSI disks. If during boot more devices of a specific type (e.g. da disks) are found than are configured in the booting kernel, the system will simply allocate more devices, incrementing the unit number starting at the last number wired down. If there are no wired down devices then counting starts at unit 0. - + Use man 4 scsi to check for the latest info on the SCSI subsystem. For more detailed info on host adapter drivers use e.g., man 4 ahc for info on the @@ -1161,19 +1161,19 @@ Tuning your SCSI kernel setup - + Experience has shown that some devices are slow to respond to INQUIRY commands after a SCSI bus reset (which happens at boot time). An INQUIRY command is sent by the kernel on boot to see what kind of device (disk, tape, CDROM etc.) is connected to a specific target ID. This process is called device probing by the way. - + To work around the slow response problem, FreeBSD allows a tunable delay time before the SCSI devices are probed following a SCSI bus reset. You can set this delay time in your kernel configuration file using a line like: - + options SCSI_DELAY=15 #Be pessimistic about Joe SCSI device This line sets the delay time to 15 seconds. On my own system @@ -1185,29 +1185,29 @@ Rogue SCSI devices - + Although the SCSI standard tries to be complete and concise, it is a complex standard and implementing things correctly is no easy task. Some vendors do a better job then others. - + This is exactly where the rogue devices come into view. Rogues are devices that are recognized by the FreeBSD kernel as behaving slightly (...) non-standard. Rogue devices are reported by the kernel when booting. An example for two of my cartridge tape units: - + Feb 25 21:03:34 yedi /kernel: ahb0 targ 5 lun 0: <TANDBERG TDC 3600 -06:> Feb 25 21:03:34 yedi /kernel: sa0: Tandberg tdc3600 is a known rogue Mar 29 21:16:37 yedi /kernel: aha0 targ 5 lun 0: <ARCHIVE VIPER 150 21247-005> Mar 29 21:16:37 yedi /kernel: sa1: Archive Viper 150 is a known rogue - + For instance, there are devices that respond to all LUNs on a certain target ID, even if they are actually only one device. It is easy to see that the kernel might be fooled into believing that there are 8 LUNs at that particular target ID. The confusion this causes is left as an exercise to the reader. - + The SCSI subsystem of FreeBSD recognizes devices with bad habits by looking at the INQUIRY response they send when probed. Because the INQUIRY response also includes the version number of @@ -1216,12 +1216,12 @@ /sys/cam/scsi/scsi_sa.c and /sys/cam/scsi/scsi_all.c for more info on how this is done. - + This scheme works fine, but keep in mind that it of course only works for devices that are known to be weird. If you are the first to connect your bogus Mumbletech SCSI CDROM you might be the one that has to define which workaround is needed. - + After you got your Mumbletech working, please send the required workaround to the FreeBSD development team for inclusion in the next release of FreeBSD. Other Mumbletech owners will be @@ -1230,18 +1230,18 @@ Multiple LUN devices - + In some cases you come across devices that use multiple logical units (LUNs) on a single SCSI ID. In most cases FreeBSD only probes devices for LUN 0. An example are so called bridge boards that connect 2 non-SCSI hard disks to a SCSI bus (e.g. an Emulex MD21 found in old Sun systems). - + This means that any devices with LUNs != 0 are not normally found during device probe on system boot. To work around this problem you must add an appropriate entry in /sys/cam/scsi and rebuild your kernel. - + Look for a struct that is initialized like below: (FIXME: which file? Do these entries still exist in this form now that we use CAM?) @@ -1250,16 +1250,16 @@ T_DIRECT, T_FIXED, "MAXTOR", "XT-4170S", "B5A", "mx1", SC_ONE_LU } - + For your Mumbletech BRIDGE2000 that has more than one LUN, acts as a SCSI disk and has firmware revision 123 you would add something like: - + { T_DIRECT, T_FIXED, "MUMBLETECH", "BRIDGE2000", "123", "da", SC_MORE_LUS } - + The kernel on boot scans the inquiry data it receives against the table and acts accordingly. See the source for more info. @@ -1267,10 +1267,10 @@ Tagged command queuing - + Modern SCSI devices, particularly magnetic disks, support what is called tagged command queuing (TCQ). - + In a nutshell, TCQ allows the device to have multiple I/O requests outstanding at the same time. Because the device is intelligent, it can optimize its operations (like head @@ -1278,12 +1278,12 @@ like RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) arrays the TCQ function is indispensable to take advantage of the device's inherent parallelism. - + Each I/O request is uniquely identified by a tag (hence the name tagged command queuing) and this tag is used by FreeBSD to see which I/O in the device drivers queue is reported as complete by the device. - + It should be noted however that TCQ requires device driver support and that some devices implemented it not quite right in their firmware. This problem bit me once, and it @@ -1293,84 +1293,84 @@ Bus-master host adapters - + Most, but not all, SCSI host adapters are bus mastering controllers. This means that they can do I/O on their own without putting load onto the host CPU for data movement. - + This is of course an advantage for a multitasking operating system like FreeBSD. It must be noted however that there might be some rough edges. - + For instance an Adaptec 1542 controller can be set to use different transfer speeds on the host bus (ISA or AT in this case). The controller is settable to different rates because not all motherboards can handle the higher speeds. Problems like hang-ups, bad data etc might be the result of using a higher data transfer rate then your motherboard can stomach. - + The solution is of course obvious: switch to a lower data transfer rate and try if that works better. - + In the case of a Adaptec 1542, there is an option that can be put into the kernel config file to allow dynamic determination of the right, read: fastest feasible, transfer rate. This option is disabled by default: - + options "TUNE_1542" #dynamic tune of bus DMA speed - + Check the manual pages for the host adapter that you use. Or better still, use the ultimate documentation (read: driver source). - + Tracking down problems The following list is an attempt to give a guideline for the most common SCSI problems and their solutions. It is by no means complete. - + Check for loose connectors and cables. - + Check and double check the location and number of your terminators. - + Check if your bus has at least one supplier of terminator power (especially with external terminators. - + Check if no double target IDs are used. - + Check if all devices to be used are powered up. - + Make a minimal bus config with as little devices as possible. - + If possible, configure your host adapter to use slow bus speeds. - + Disable tagged command queuing to make things as simple as possible (for a NCR host adapter based system see man ncrcontrol) - + If you can compile a kernel, make one with the SCSIDEBUG option, and try accessing the @@ -1388,16 +1388,16 @@ - + Further reading If you intend to do some serious SCSI hacking, you might want to have the official standard at hand: - + Approved American National Standards can be purchased from ANSI at - +
    13th Floor 11 West 42nd Street @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ Many X3T10 draft documents are available electronically on the SCSI BBS (719-574-0424) and on the ncrinfo.ncr.com anonymous FTP site. - + Latest X3T10 committee documents are: @@ -1432,22 +1432,22 @@ AT Attachment (ATA or IDE) [X3.221-1994] (Approved) - + ATA Extensions (ATA-2) [X3T10/948D Rev 2i] - + Enhanced Small Device Interface (ESDI) [X3.170-1990/X3.170a-1991] (Approved) - + Small Computer System Interface — 2 (SCSI-2) [X3.131-1994] (Approved) - + SCSI-2 Common Access Method Transport and SCSI Interface Module (CAM) [X3T10/792D Rev 11] @@ -1464,33 +1464,33 @@ Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 07632 Phone: (201) 767-5937 ISBN 0-13-796855-8 - + Basics of SCSI, a SCSI tutorial written by Ancot Corporation Contact Ancot for availability information at: Phone: (415) 322-5322 Fax: (415) 322-0455 - + SCSI Interconnection Guide Book, an AMP publication (dated 4/93, Catalog 65237) that lists the various SCSI connectors and suggests cabling schemes. Available from AMP at (800) 522-6752 or (717) 564-0100 - + Fast Track to SCSI, A Product Guide written by Fujitsu. Available from: Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 07632 Phone: (201) 767-5937 ISBN 0-13-307000-X - + The SCSI Bench Reference, The SCSI Encyclopedia, and the SCSI Tutor, ENDL Publications, 14426 Black Walnut Court, Saratoga CA, 95070 Phone: (408) 867-6642 - + Zadian SCSI Navigator (quick ref. book) and Discover the Power of SCSI (First book along with @@ -1511,38 +1511,38 @@ information about the devices you own. - + * Disk/tape controllers - + * SCSI - + * IDE - + * Floppy - + Hard drives - + SCSI hard drives Contributed by &a.asami;. 17 February 1998. - + As mentioned in the SCSI section, virtually all SCSI hard drives sold today are SCSI-2 compliant and thus will work fine as long as you connect them to a supported SCSI @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ Rotational speed - + Rotational speeds of SCSI drives sold today range from around 4,500RPM to 15,000RPM. Most of them are either 7,200RPM or 10,000RPM, with 15,000RPM becoming affordable (June 2002). @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ counterparts. A large fraction of today's disk drive malfunctions are heat-related. If you do not have very good cooling in your PC case, you may want to stick with 7,200RPM or slower drives. - + Note that newer drives, with higher areal recording densities, can deliver much more bits per rotation than older ones. Today's top-of-line 7,200RPM drives can sustain a throughput comparable to @@ -1574,13 +1574,13 @@ (or transfer) rate. It is usually in megabits/sec so divide it by 8 and you will get the rough approximation of how much megabytes/sec you can get out of the drive. - + (If you are a speed maniac and want a 15,000RPM drive for your cute little PC, be my guest; however, those drives become extremely hot. Do not even think about it if you do not have a fan blowing air directly at the drive or a properly ventilated disk enclosure.) - + Obviously, the latest 15,000RPM drives and 10,000RPM drives can deliver more data than the latest 7,200RPM drives, so if absolute bandwidth is the necessity for your applications, you have little @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ similar or even better results by using the ccd (concatenated disk) driver to create a striped disk array out of multiple slower drives for comparable overall cost. - + Make sure you have adequate air flow around the drive, especially if you are going to use a fast-spinning drive. You generally need at least 1/2” (1.25cm) of spacing above and below a @@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ where the air flows in, and put the drive where it will have the largest volume of cool air flowing around it. You may need to seal some unwanted holes or add a new fan for effective cooling. - + Another consideration is noise. Many 10,000 or faster drives generate a high-pitched whine which is quite unpleasant to most people. That, plus the extra fans often required for cooling, may @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ Form factor - + Most SCSI drives sold today are of 3.5” form factor. They come in two different heights; 1.6” (half-height) or 1” (low-profile). The half-height drive is the same @@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ Interface - + The majority of SCSI hard drives sold today are Ultra, Ultra-wide, or Ultra160 SCSI. As of this writing (June 2002), the first Ultra320 host adapters and devices become available. @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ bus integrity problems. Unless you have a well-designed disk enclosure, it is not easy to make more than 5 or 6 Ultra SCSI drives work on a single bus. - + On the other hand, if you need to connect many drives, going for Fast-wide SCSI may not be a bad idea. That will have the same max bandwidth as Ultra (narrow) SCSI, while electronically it is @@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ cost a little more but it may save you down the road. (Besides, if you can not afford the cost difference, you should not be building a disk array.) - + There are two variant of wide SCSI drives; 68-pin and 80-pin SCA (Single Connector Attach). The SCA drives do not have a separate 4-pin power connector, and also read the SCSI ID settings @@ -1668,20 +1668,20 @@ LED lines). - + * IDE hard drives - + Tape drives - + Contributed by &a.jmb;. 2 July 1996. - + General tape access commands @@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ erase, and status. See the &man.mt.1; manual page for a detailed description. - + Controller Interfaces @@ -1701,7 +1701,7 @@ linkend="hw-storage-controllers">Disk/tape controllers. - + SCSI drives @@ -1718,150 +1718,150 @@ 4mm (DAT: Digital Audio Tape) - + Archive Python 28454 Archive Python 04687 - + HP C1533A - + HP C1534A - + HP 35450A - + HP 35470A - + HP 35480A - + SDT-5000 - + Wangtek 6200 8mm (Exabyte) - + EXB-8200 - + EXB-8500 - + EXB-8505 QIC (Quarter-Inch Cartridge) - + Archive Anaconda 2750 - + Archive Viper 60 - + Archive Viper 150 - + Archive Viper 2525 - + Tandberg TDC 3600 Tandberg TDC 3620 - + Tandberg TDC 3800 - + Tandberg TDC 4222 - + Wangtek 5525ES DLT (Digital Linear Tape) - + Digital TZ87 Mini-Cartridge - + Conner CTMS 3200 - + Exabyte 2501 Autoloaders/Changers - + Hewlett-Packard HP C1553A Autoloading DDS2 - + * IDE drives - + Floppy drives Conner 420R - + * Parallel port drives - + Detailed Information Archive Anaconda 2750 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is ARCHIVE ANCDA 2750 28077 -003 type 1 removable SCSI 2 - + This is a QIC tape drive. - + Native capacity is 1.35GB when using QIC-1350 tapes. This drive will read and write QIC-150 (DC6150), QIC-250 (DC6250), and QIC-525 (DC6525) tapes as well. - + Data transfer rate is 350kB/s using &man.dump.8;. Rates of 530kB/s have been reported when using Amanda Production of this drive has been discontinued. - + The SCSI bus connector on this tape drive is reversed from that on most other SCSI devices. Make sure that you have enough SCSI cable to twist the cable one-half turn before and after the Archive Anaconda tape drive, or turn your other SCSI devices upside-down. - + Two kernel code changes are required to use this drive. This drive will not work as delivered. - + If you have a SCSI-2 controller, short jumper 6. Otherwise, the drive behaves are a SCSI-1 device. When operating as a SCSI-1 device, this drive, locks the SCSI bus during some tape operations, including: fsf, rewind, and rewoffl. - + If you are using the NCR SCSI controllers, patch the file /usr/src/sys/pci/ncr.c (as shown below). Build and install a new kernel. - + *** 4831,4835 **** }; @@ -1874,29 +1874,29 @@ ! if (np->latetime>1200) { /* ** Although we tried to wake it up, - + Reported by: &a.jmb; Archive Python 28454 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is ARCHIVE Python 28454-XXX4ASB type 1 removable SCSI 2 density code 0x8c, 512-byte blocks - + This is a DDS-1 tape drive. - + Native capacity is 2.5GB on 90m tapes. - + Data transfer rate is XXX. - + This drive was repackaged by Sun Microsystems as model 595-3067. - + Reported by: Bob Bishop rb@gid.co.uk - + Throughput is in the 1.5 MByte/sec range, however this will drop if the disks and tape drive are on the same SCSI controller. @@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@ Archive Python 04687 - The boot message identifier for this drive is ARCHIVE + The boot message identifier for this drive is ARCHIVE Python 04687-XXX 6580 Removable Sequential Access SCSI-2 device @@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ Parity is controlled by switch 5. Switch 5 on to enable parity control. Compression is - enabled with Switch 6 off. It is possible to + enabled with Switch 6 off. It is possible to override compression with the SCSI MODE SELECT command (see &man.mt.1;). @@ -1932,117 +1932,117 @@ Archive Viper 60 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is ARCHIVE VIPER 60 21116 -007 type 1 removable SCSI 1 - + This is a QIC tape drive. - + Native capacity is 60MB. - + Data transfer rate is XXX. - + Production of this drive has been discontinued. - + Reported by: Philippe Regnauld regnauld@hsc.fr Archive Viper 150 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is ARCHIVE VIPER 150 21531 -004 Archive Viper 150 is a known rogue type 1 removable SCSI 1. A multitude of firmware revisions exist for this drive. Your drive may report different numbers (e.g 21247 -005. - + This is a QIC tape drive. - + Native capacity is 150/250MB. Both 150MB (DC6150) and 250MB (DC6250) tapes have the recording format. The 250MB tapes are approximately 67% longer than the 150MB tapes. This drive can read 120MB tapes as well. It can not write 120MB tapes. - + Data transfer rate is 100kB/s - + This drive reads and writes DC6150 (150MB) and DC6250 (250MB) tapes. - + This drives quirks are known and pre-compiled into the SCSI tape device driver (&man.st.4;). - + Under FreeBSD 2.2-CURRENT, use mt blocksize 512 to set the blocksize. (The particular drive had firmware revision 21247 -005. Other firmware revisions may behave differently) Previous versions of FreeBSD did not have this problem. - + Production of this drive has been discontinued. - + Reported by: Pedro A M Vazquez vazquez@IQM.Unicamp.BR - + &a.msmith; - + Archive Viper 2525 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is ARCHIVE VIPER 2525 25462 -011 type 1 removable SCSI 1 - + This is a QIC tape drive. - + Native capacity is 525MB. - + Data transfer rate is 180kB/s at 90 inches/sec. - + The drive reads QIC-525, QIC-150, QIC-120 and QIC-24 tapes. Writes QIC-525, QIC-150, and QIC-120. - + Firmware revisions prior to 25462 -011 are bug ridden and will not function properly. - + Production of this drive has been discontinued. Conner 420R - + The boot message identifier for this drive is Conner tape. - + This is a floppy controller, mini cartridge tape drive. - + Native capacity is XXXX - + Data transfer rate is XXX - + The drive uses QIC-80 tape cartridges. - + Reported by: Mark Hannon mark@seeware.DIALix.oz.au Conner CTMS 3200 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is CONNER CTMS 3200 7.00 type 1 removable SCSI 2. - + This is a mini cartridge tape drive. - + Native capacity is XXXX - + Data transfer rate is XXX - + The drive uses QIC-3080 tape cartridges. - + Reported by: Thomas S. Traylor tst@titan.cs.mci.com @@ -2050,156 +2050,156 @@ <ulink url="http://www.digital.com/info/Customer-Update/931206004.txt.html">DEC TZ87</ulink> - + The boot message identifier for this drive is DEC TZ87 (C) DEC 9206 type 1 removable SCSI 2 density code 0x19 - + This is a DLT tape drive. - + Native capacity is 10GB. - + This drive supports hardware data compression. - + Data transfer rate is 1.2MB/s. - + This drive is identical to the Quantum DLT2000. The drive firmware can be set to emulate several well-known drives, including an Exabyte 8mm drive. - + Reported by: &a.wilko; <ulink url="http://www.Exabyte.COM:80/Products/Minicartridge/2501/Rfeatures.html">Exabyte EXB-2501</ulink> - + The boot message identifier for this drive is EXABYTE EXB-2501 - + This is a mini-cartridge tape drive. - + Native capacity is 1GB when using MC3000XL mini cartridges. - + Data transfer rate is XXX - + This drive can read and write DC2300 (550MB), DC2750 (750MB), MC3000 (750MB), and MC3000XL (1GB) mini cartridges. - + WARNING: This drive does not meet the SCSI-2 specifications. The drive locks up completely in response to a SCSI MODE_SELECT command unless there is a formatted tape in the drive. Before using this drive, set the tape blocksize with - + &prompt.root; mt -f /dev/st0ctl.0 blocksize 1024 - + Before using a mini cartridge for the first time, the mini cartridge must be formated. FreeBSD 2.1.0-RELEASE and earlier: - + &prompt.root; /sbin/scsi -f /dev/rst0.ctl -s 600 -c "4 0 0 0 0 0" - + (Alternatively, fetch a copy of the scsiformat shell script from FreeBSD 2.1.5/2.2.) FreeBSD 2.1.5 and later: - + &prompt.root; /sbin/scsiformat -q -w /dev/rst0.ctl - + Right now, this drive cannot really be recommended for FreeBSD. - + Reported by: Bob Beaulieu ez@eztravel.com Exabyte EXB-8200 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is EXABYTE EXB-8200 252X type 1 removable SCSI 1 - + This is an 8mm tape drive. - + Native capacity is 2.3GB. - + Data transfer rate is 270kB/s. - + This drive is fairly slow in responding to the SCSI bus during boot. A custom kernel may be required (set SCSI_DELAY to 10 seconds). - + There are a large number of firmware configurations for this drive, some have been customized to a particular vendor's hardware. The firmware can be changed via EPROM replacement. - + Production of this drive has been discontinued. - + Reported by: &a.msmith; Exabyte EXB-8500 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is EXABYTE EXB-8500-85Qanx0 0415 type 1 removable SCSI 2 - + This is an 8mm tape drive. - + Native capacity is 5GB. - + Data transfer rate is 300kB/s. - + Reported by: Greg Lehey grog@lemis.de <ulink url="http://www.Exabyte.COM:80/Products/8mm/8505XL/Rfeatures.html">Exabyte EXB-8505</ulink> - + The boot message identifier for this drive is EXABYTE EXB-85058SQANXR1 05B0 type 1 removable SCSI 2 - + This is an 8mm tape drive which supports compression, and is upward compatible with the EXB-5200 and EXB-8500. - + Native capacity is 5GB. - + The drive supports hardware data compression. - + Data transfer rate is 300kB/s. - + Reported by: Glen Foster gfoster@gfoster.com Hewlett-Packard HP C1533A - + The boot message identifier for this drive is HP C1533A 9503 type 1 removable SCSI 2. - + This is a DDS-2 tape drive. DDS-2 means hardware data compression and narrower tracks for increased data capacity. - + Native capacity is 4GB when using 120m tapes. This drive supports hardware data compression. - + Data transfer rate is 510kB/s. - + This drive is used in Hewlett-Packard's SureStore 6000eU and 6000i tape drives and C1533A DDS-2 DAT drive. - + The drive has a block of 8 dip switches. The proper settings for FreeBSD are: 1 ON; 2 ON; 3 OFF; 4 ON; 5 ON; 6 ON; 7 ON; 8 ON. - + @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ Result - + On @@ -2217,21 +2217,21 @@ Compression enabled at power-on, with host control - + On Off Compression enabled at power-on, no host control - + Off On Compression disabled at power-on, with host control - + Off Off @@ -2241,46 +2241,46 @@ - + Switch 3 controls MRS (Media Recognition System). MRS tapes have stripes on the transparent leader. These identify the tape as DDS (Digital Data Storage) grade media. Tapes that do not have the stripes will be treated as write-protected. Switch 3 OFF enables MRS. Switch 3 ON disables MRS. - + See HP SureStore Tape Products and Hewlett-Packard Disk and Tape Technical Information for more information on configuring this drive. - + Warning: Quality control on these drives varies greatly. One FreeBSD core-team member has returned 2 of these drives. Neither lasted more than 5 months. - + Reported by: &a.se; Hewlett-Packard HP 1534A - + The boot message identifier for this drive is HP HP35470A T503 type 1 removable SCSI 2 Sequential-Access density code 0x13, variable blocks. - + This is a DDS-1 tape drive. DDS-1 is the original DAT tape format. - + Native capacity is 2GB when using 90m tapes. - + Data transfer rate is 183kB/s. - + The same mechanism is used in Hewlett-Packard's SureStore 2000i tape drive, C35470A DDS format DAT drive, C1534A DDS format DAT drive and HP C1536A DDS format DAT drive. - + The HP C1534A DDS format DAT drive has two indicator lights, one green and one amber. The green one indicates tape action: slow flash during load, steady when loaded, fast flash during @@ -2288,40 +2288,40 @@ flash when cleaning is required or tape is nearing the end of its useful life, steady indicates an hard fault. (factory service required?) - + Reported by Gary Crutcher gcrutchr@nightflight.com Hewlett-Packard HP C1553A Autoloading DDS2 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is "". - + This is a DDS-2 tape drive with a tape changer. DDS-2 means hardware data compression and narrower tracks for increased data capacity. - + Native capacity is 24GB when using 120m tapes. This drive supports hardware data compression. - + Data transfer rate is 510kB/s (native). - + This drive is used in Hewlett-Packard's SureStore 12000e tape drive. - + The drive has two selectors on the rear panel. The selector closer to the fan is SCSI id. The other selector should be set to 7. - + There are four internal switches. These should be set: 1 ON; 2 ON; 3 ON; 4 OFF. - + At present the kernel drivers do not automatically change tapes at the end of a volume. This shell script can be used to change tapes: - + #!/bin/sh PATH="/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin"; export PATH @@ -2362,80 +2362,80 @@ Hewlett-Packard HP 35450A - + The boot message identifier for this drive is HP HP35450A -A C620 type 1 removable SCSI 2 Sequential-Access density code 0x13 - + This is a DDS-1 tape drive. DDS-1 is the original DAT tape format. - + Native capacity is 1.2GB. - + Data transfer rate is 160kB/s. - + Reported by: Mark Thompson mark.a.thompson@pobox.com Hewlett-Packard HP 35470A - + The boot message identifier for this drive is HP HP35470A 9 09 type 1 removable SCSI 2 - + This is a DDS-1 tape drive. DDS-1 is the original DAT tape format. - + Native capacity is 2GB when using 90m tapes. - + Data transfer rate is 183kB/s. - + The same mechanism is used in Hewlett-Packard's SureStore 2000i tape drive, C35470A DDS format DAT drive, C1534A DDS format DAT drive, and HP C1536A DDS format DAT drive. - + Warning: Quality control on these drives varies greatly. One FreeBSD core-team member has returned 5 of these drives. None lasted more than 9 months. - + Reported by: David Dawes dawes@rf900.physics.usyd.edu.au (9 09) - + Hewlett-Packard HP 35480A - + The boot message identifier for this drive is HP HP35480A 1009 type 1 removable SCSI 2 Sequential-Access density code 0x13. - + This is a DDS-DC tape drive. DDS-DC is DDS-1 with hardware data compression. DDS-1 is the original DAT tape format. - + Native capacity is 2GB when using 90m tapes. It cannot handle 120m tapes. This drive supports hardware data compression. Please refer to the section on HP C1533A for the proper switch settings. - + Data transfer rate is 183kB/s. - + This drive is used in Hewlett-Packard's SureStore 5000eU and 5000i tape drives and C35480A DDS format DAT drive.. - + This drive will occasionally hang during a tape eject operation (mt offline). Pressing the front panel button will eject the tape and bring the tape drive back to life. - + WARNING: HP 35480-03110 only. On at least two occasions this tape drive when used with FreeBSD 2.1.0, an IBM Server 320 and an 2940W SCSI controller resulted in all SCSI disk partitions being @@ -2446,68 +2446,68 @@ <ulink url="http://www.sel.sony.com/SEL/ccpg/storage/tape/t5000.html">Sony SDT-5000</ulink> - + There are at least two significantly different models: one is a DDS-1 and the other DDS-2. The DDS-1 version is SDT-5000 3.02. The DDS-2 version is SONY SDT-5000 327M. The DDS-2 version has a 1MB cache. This cache is able to keep the tape streaming in almost any circumstances. - + The boot message identifier for this drive is SONY SDT-5000 3.02 type 1 removable SCSI 2 Sequential-Access density code 0x13 - + Native capacity is 4GB when using 120m tapes. This drive supports hardware data compression. - + Data transfer rate is depends upon the model or the drive. The rate is 630kB/s for the SONY SDT-5000 327M while compressing the data. For the SONY SDT-5000 3.02, the data transfer rate is 225kB/s. - + In order to get this drive to stream, set the blocksize to 512 bytes (mt blocksize 512) reported by Kenneth Merry ken@ulc199.residence.gatech.edu. - + SONY SDT-5000 327M information reported by Charles Henrich henrich@msu.edu. - + Reported by: &a.jmz; Tandberg TDC 3600 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is TANDBERG TDC 3600 =08: type 1 removable SCSI 2 - + This is a QIC tape drive. - + Native capacity is 150/250MB. - + This drive has quirks which are known and work around code is present in the SCSI tape device driver (&man.st.4;). Upgrading the firmware to XXX version will fix the quirks and provide SCSI 2 capabilities. - + Data transfer rate is 80kB/s. - + IBM and Emerald units will not work. Replacing the firmware EPROM of these units will solve the problem. - + Reported by: &a.msmith; Tandberg TDC 3620 - + This is very similar to the Tandberg TDC 3600 drive. - + Reported by: &a.joerg; @@ -2517,56 +2517,56 @@ The boot message identifier for this drive is TANDBERG TDC 3800 =04Y Removable Sequential Access SCSI-2 device - + This is a QIC tape drive. - + Native capacity is 525MB. - + Reported by: &a.jhs; Tandberg TDC 4222 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is TANDBERG TDC 4222 =07 type 1 removable SCSI 2 - + This is a QIC tape drive. - + Native capacity is 2.5GB. The drive will read all cartridges from the 60 MB (DC600A) upwards, and write 150 MB (DC6150) upwards. Hardware compression is optionally supported for the 2.5 GB cartridges. - + This drives quirks are known and pre-compiled into the SCSI tape device driver (&man.st.4;) beginning with FreeBSD 2.2-CURRENT. For previous versions of FreeBSD, use mt to read one block from the tape, rewind the tape, and then execute the backup program (mt fsr 1; mt rewind; dump ...) - + Data transfer rate is 600kB/s (vendor claim with compression), 350 KB/s can even be reached in start/stop mode. The rate decreases for smaller cartridges. - + Reported by: &a.joerg; Wangtek 5525ES - + The boot message identifier for this drive is WANGTEK 5525ES SCSI REV7 3R1 type 1 removable SCSI 1 density code 0x11, 1024-byte blocks - + This is a QIC tape drive. - + Native capacity is 525MB. - + Data transfer rate is 180kB/s. - + The drive reads 60, 120, 150, and 525MB tapes. The drive will not write 60MB (DC600 cartridge) tapes. In order to overwrite 120 and 150 tapes reliably, first erase (mt erase) @@ -2575,13 +2575,13 @@ previous tracks is not overwritten, as a result the new data lies in a band surrounded on both sides by the previous data unless the tape have been erased. - + This drives quirks are known and pre-compiled into the SCSI tape device driver (&man.st.4;). - + Other firmware revisions that are known to work are: M75D - + Reported by: Marc van Kempen marc@bowtie.nl REV73R1 Andrew Gordon Andrew.Gordon@net-tel.co.uk @@ -2590,35 +2590,35 @@ Wangtek 6200 - + The boot message identifier for this drive is WANGTEK 6200-HS 4B18 type 1 removable SCSI 2 Sequential-Access density code 0x13 - + This is a DDS-1 tape drive. - + Native capacity is 2GB using 90m tapes. - + Data transfer rate is 150kB/s. - + Reported by: Tony Kimball alk@Think.COM - + * Problem drives - + CDROM drives - + Contributed by &a.obrien;. 23 November 1997. - + Generally speaking those in The FreeBSD Project prefer SCSI CDROM drives over IDE CDROM drives. However not all SCSI CDROM drives are equal. Some @@ -2628,7 +2628,7 @@ found displeasure with the 12x speed XM-5701TA as its volume (when playing audio CDROMs) is not controllable by the various audio player software. - + Another area where SCSI CDROM manufacturers are cutting corners is adherence to the SCSI specification. Many SCSI CDROMs will respond to However, you can indeed get started with - Vinum very simply. + Vinum very simply. A minimum system can be as simple as an old CPU (even a 486 is fine) and a pair of drives that are 500 MB or more. They need not be the same size or @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ for the server against available resources and make design tradeoffs. We will plan the transition from no - Vinum to + Vinum to Vinum on just one spindle, to Vinum on two spindles. @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ allocations as described above in . For this example on a 2 GB spindle, I will use 200,000 blocks for root, 200,265 blocks for swap, - 1,000,000 blocks for /home, and + 1,000,000 blocks for /home, and the rest of the spindle (2,724,408 blocks) for /usr. (/stand/sysinstall @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ We now need to install new spindle partitioning for /dev/ad0. - This requires that + This requires that /dev/ad0s1b not be in use for swapping so we have to reboot in single-user mode. @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ Vinum may automatically avoid failed hardware in a way that users do not notice. - You must watch for such failures and get them repaired before a + You must watch for such failures and get them repaired before a second failure results in data loss. You may see Vinum noting damaged objects @@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ sd name hope.p0.s0 drive UpWindow plex hope.p0 len 0 - Specifying a length of 0 for + Specifying a length of 0 for the hope.p0.s0 subdisk asks Vinum to use whatever space is left available on the underlying @@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ For each scenario, there is a subsection on how to configure your server for degraded mode operation, how to recover from the failure, how to exit degraded mode, and how to simulate the failure. - + Make a hard copy of these instructions and leave them inside the CPU case, being careful not to interfere with ventilation. @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ Simulation This kind of failure can be simulated by shutting down to - single-user mode and then booting as shown above in + single-user mode and then booting as shown above in . @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ We assume here that your server is up and running multi-user in - degraded mode on just + degraded mode on just /dev/ad0 and that you have a new spindle now on /dev/ad2 ready to go. Index: en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//vm-design/article.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /u/cvs/cvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/vm-design/article.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.11 diff -u -r1.11 article.sgml --- en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//vm-design/article.sgml 3 Jul 2002 23:19:12 -0000 1.11 +++ en_US.ISO8859-1/articles//vm-design/article.sgml 14 Jun 2003 12:39:01 -0000 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ - This article was originally published in the January 2000 issue of + This article was originally published in the January 2000 issue of DaemonNews. This version of the article may include updates from Matt and other authors to reflect changes in FreeBSD's VM implementation. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ - + +---------------+ | A | @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ - + +-------+-------+ | C1 | C2 | @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ cache queue counts and high active queue counts when doing a systat -vm command.
    - + How is the separation of clean and dirty (inactive) pages related to the situation where you see low cache queue counts and high active queue counts in systat -vm? Do the --- articles.diff ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sat Jun 14 06:30:12 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 24A6037B401 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 06:30:12 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id E4B8C43F85 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 06:30:10 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5EDUAUp051322 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 06:30:10 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5EDUAJA051321; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 06:30:10 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 06:30:10 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306141330.h5EDUAJA051321@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, Alexey Dokuchaev Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 1468C37B401 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 06:28:59 -0700 (PDT) Received: from mx.nsu.ru (mx.nsu.ru [212.192.164.5]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 73E5943F93 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 06:28:57 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from danfe@regency.nsu.ru) Received: from mail by mx.nsu.ru with drweb-scanned (Exim 3.36 #1 (Debian)) id 19RBAs-0006UD-00 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 20:34:30 +0700 Received: from regency.nsu.ru ([193.124.210.26]) by mx.nsu.ru with esmtp (Exim 3.36 #1 (Debian)) id 19RBAk-0006SY-00 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 20:34:22 +0700 Received: from regency.nsu.ru (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by regency.nsu.ru (8.12.8/8.12.8) with ESMTP id h5EDSgM5047787 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 20:28:42 +0700 (NOVST) (envelope-from danfe@regency.nsu.ru) Received: (from danfe@localhost) by regency.nsu.ru (8.12.8/8.12.8/Submit) id h5EDSgiB047699; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 20:28:42 +0700 (NOVST) Message-Id: <200306141328.h5EDSgiB047699@regency.nsu.ru> Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 20:28:42 +0700 (NOVST) From: Alexey Dokuchaev To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 Subject: docs/53316: Small update/correction to multimedia/chapter.sgml X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Alexey Dokuchaev List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 13:30:12 -0000 >Number: 53316 >Category: docs >Synopsis: Small update/correction to multimedia/chapter.sgml >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: medium >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: change-request >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Sat Jun 14 06:30:10 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Alexey Dokuchaev >Release: FreeBSD 4.8-RC i386 >Organization: CNIT NSU >Environment: System: FreeBSD regency.nsu.ru 4.8-RC FreeBSD 4.8-RC #2: Fri Mar 7 17:30:50 NOVT 2003 root@regency.nsu.ru:/usr/obj/usr/src/sys/REGENCY i386 >Description: It seems like multimedia/chapter.sgml can (should) be tweaked so it - mention (explicitly + example) ability to load snd_* KLD in /boot/loader.conf - correct a typo in output of mpg123(1) utility (used in example) - add information about audio/cdparanoia, since it's generally considered the best software for ripping audio CDs. Since it was included in the ports rather recently, for now, it seems natural to leave cdda2wav tool the default, but later we migth want to write a bit more on cdparanoia. By the way, mention audio/dagrab as well, since quite a few people are using it >How-To-Repeat: N/A >Fix: Apply the following patch: --- chapter.sgml.orig Sat Jun 14 19:40:05 2003 +++ chapter.sgml Sat Jun 14 20:27:24 2003 @@ -190,12 +190,18 @@ To use your sound device, you will need to load the proper device driver. This may be accomplished in one of two ways. The easiest way is to simply load a kernel module for your sound - card with &man.kldload.8;. Alternatively, you may statically - compile in support for your sound card in your kernel. The - sections below provide the information you need to add support - for your hardware in this manner. For more information about - recompiling your kernel, please see . + card with &man.kldload.8; which can either be done on fly, or + (a bit more handy way) by adding appropriate line to + /boot/loader.conf like this (below example is + for Creative Sound Blaster Live! sound card): + + snd_emu10k1_load="YES" + + Alternatively, you may statically compile in support for your + sound card in your kernel. The sections below provide the + information you need to add support for your hardware in this + manner. For more information about recompiling your kernel, + please see . Creative, Advance, and ESS Sound Cards @@ -544,7 +550,7 @@ the sound device and the MP3 file on the command line, as shown below: - &prompt.root; mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 + &prompt.root; mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 "BT - Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3" High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layer 1, 2 and 3. Version 0.59r (1999/Jun/15). Written and copyrights by Michael Hipp. Uses code from various people. See 'README' for more! @@ -554,7 +560,7 @@ -Playing MPEG stream from BT - Foobar-GreastHits.mp3 ... +Playing MPEG stream from BT - Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ... MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo @@ -604,6 +610,17 @@ range: &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 1+7 + + You may also use audio/dagrab package as an alternative + to sysutils/cdrtools. + + There is another excellend utility for CD ripping available + in the Ports Collection: audio/cdparanoia, as well as several + scripts for automation of process of ripping, encoding, tagging, + and managing your MP3 and/or Ogg files (audio/cd2mp3 is one of alike). The utility &man.dd.1; can also be used to extract audio tracks on ATAPI drives, read >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sat Jun 14 07:00:27 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 7F0BE37B401 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 07:00:27 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 0E5CD43FCB for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 07:00:27 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5EE0QUp069154 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 07:00:26 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5EE0Qox069153; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 07:00:26 -0700 (PDT) Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 07:00:26 -0700 (PDT) Message-Id: <200306141400.h5EE0Qox069153@freefall.freebsd.org> To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org From: Alexey Dokuchaev Subject: Re: docs/53316: Small update/correction to multimedia/chapter.sgml X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: Alexey Dokuchaev List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:00:27 -0000 The following reply was made to PR docs/53316; it has been noted by GNATS. From: Alexey Dokuchaev To: freebsd-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, danfe@regency.nsu.ru Cc: Subject: Re: docs/53316: Small update/correction to multimedia/chapter.sgml Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 20:47:32 +0700 This is a multi-part message in MIME format. --------------070209000304050409060702 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii; format=flowed Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Grrr, forgot to mention mpg321. Patch updated (attached). --------------070209000304050409060702 Content-Type: text/plain; name="12345" Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit Content-Disposition: inline; filename="12345" --- chapter.sgml.orig Sat Jun 14 19:40:05 2003 +++ chapter.sgml Sat Jun 14 20:44:50 2003 @@ -190,12 +190,18 @@ To use your sound device, you will need to load the proper device driver. This may be accomplished in one of two ways. The easiest way is to simply load a kernel module for your sound - card with &man.kldload.8;. Alternatively, you may statically - compile in support for your sound card in your kernel. The - sections below provide the information you need to add support - for your hardware in this manner. For more information about - recompiling your kernel, please see . + card with &man.kldload.8; which can either be done on fly, or + (a bit more handy way) by adding appropriate line to + /boot/loader.conf like this (below example is + for Creative Sound Blaster Live! sound card): + + snd_emu10k1_load="YES" + + Alternatively, you may statically compile in support for your + sound card in your kernel. The sections below provide the + information you need to add support for your hardware in this + manner. For more information about recompiling your kernel, + please see . Creative, Advance, and ESS Sound Cards @@ -544,7 +550,7 @@ the sound device and the MP3 file on the command line, as shown below: - &prompt.root; mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 + &prompt.root; mpg123 -a /dev/dsp1.0 "BT - Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3" High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layer 1, 2 and 3. Version 0.59r (1999/Jun/15). Written and copyrights by Michael Hipp. Uses code from various people. See 'README' for more! @@ -554,13 +560,23 @@ -Playing MPEG stream from BT - Foobar-GreastHits.mp3 ... +Playing MPEG stream from BT - Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ... MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo /dev/dsp1.0 should be replaced with the dsp device entry on your system. + There is another command-line MP3 player, audio/mpg321, available as a drop-in + replacement for mpg123. While + mpg321 might not be as fast as the + non-free mpg123 under some + circumstances, it comes under the GNU General Public License, + which allows greater freedom to its users. For most people who + want mpg123, + mpg321 is a better alternative. + @@ -604,6 +620,17 @@ range: &prompt.root; cdda2wav -D 0,1,0 -t 1+7 + + You may also use audio/dagrab package as an alternative + to sysutils/cdrtools. + + There is another excellend utility for CD ripping available + in the Ports Collection: audio/cdparanoia, as well as several + scripts for automation of process of ripping, encoding, tagging, + and managing your MP3 and/or Ogg files (audio/cd2mp3 is one of alike). The utility &man.dd.1; can also be used to extract audio tracks on ATAPI drives, read --------------070209000304050409060702-- From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sat Jun 14 14:10:17 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 1E85D37B401 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:10:17 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id D986B43FCB for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:10:14 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (gnats@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5ELAEUp074302 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:10:14 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from gnats@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from gnats@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5ELAEdD074301; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:10:14 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:10:14 -0700 (PDT) Resent-Message-Id: <200306142110.h5ELAEdD074301@freefall.freebsd.org> Resent-From: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org (GNATS Filer) Resent-To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org Resent-Reply-To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org, "Simon L.Nielsen" Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 5ADCF37B401 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:01:21 -0700 (PDT) Received: from arthur.nitro.dk (port324.ds1-khk.adsl.cybercity.dk [212.242.113.79]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id AE80443F85 for ; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:01:20 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from simon@arthur.nitro.dk) Received: by arthur.nitro.dk (Postfix, from userid 1000) id 1A64810BF8E; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 23:01:19 +0200 (CEST) Message-Id: <20030614210119.1A64810BF8E@arthur.nitro.dk> Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 23:01:19 +0200 (CEST) From: "Simon L.Nielsen" To: FreeBSD-gnats-submit@FreeBSD.org X-Send-Pr-Version: 3.113 Subject: docs/53326: [patch] New handbook section about filtering on the mailing lists X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list Reply-To: "Simon L.Nielsen" List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 21:10:17 -0000 >Number: 53326 >Category: docs >Synopsis: [patch] New handbook section about filtering on the mailing lists >Confidential: no >Severity: non-critical >Priority: low >Responsible: freebsd-doc >State: open >Quarter: >Keywords: >Date-Required: >Class: update >Submitter-Id: current-users >Arrival-Date: Sat Jun 14 14:10:11 PDT 2003 >Closed-Date: >Last-Modified: >Originator: Simon L. Nielsen >Release: FreeBSD 4.8-STABLE i386 >Organization: >Environment: >Description: Lately I have several times seen email's where people have tried to attach files to the FreeBSD mailing lists, but where the attachments have been stripped by the mailing lists software. Therefor I thought it would be nice with some documentation about which types of attachments are allowed on the FreeBSD mailing lists. I have made a section describing this, based input from David Wolfskill with his postmaster@freebsd.org hat. >How-To-Repeat: >Fix: --- doc-mailinglist-filtering.patch begins here --- Index: eresources/chapter.sgml =================================================================== RCS file: /home/ncvs/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/eresources/chapter.sgml,v retrieving revision 1.123 diff -u -d -r1.123 chapter.sgml --- eresources/chapter.sgml 21 May 2003 16:35:12 -0000 1.123 +++ eresources/chapter.sgml 14 Jun 2003 20:50:47 -0000 @@ -1202,6 +1202,76 @@ + + Filtering on the mailing lists + + The &os; mailing lists are filtered in multiple ways to + avoid spam, viruses, and other unwanted emails to be + distributed on the mailing lists. The filtering actions + described in this section does not cover all the filtering + mechanisms used to protect the mailing lists. + + Only certain types of attachments are allowed on the + mailing lists. All attachments with a MIME content type not + found in the list below, will be stripped before an email is + distributed on the mailing lists. + + + + application/octet-stream + + + + application/pdf + + + + application/pgp-signature + + + + application/x-pkcs7-signature + + + + message/rfc822 + + + + multipart/alternative + + + + multipart/related + + + + multipart/signed + + + + text/html + + + + text/plain + + + + text/x-patch + + + + + Some of the mailing lists might allow attachments of + other MIME content types, but the above list should be + applicable for most for the mailing lists. + + + If an email contain both a HTML and a plain text version, + the HTML part will be removed. If an email contain only a + HTML version, it will be converted to plain text. +     --- doc-mailinglist-filtering.patch ends here --- >Release-Note: >Audit-Trail: >Unformatted: From owner-freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.ORG Sat Jun 14 14:24:06 2003 Return-Path: Delivered-To: freebsd-doc@hub.freebsd.org Received: from mx1.FreeBSD.org (mx1.freebsd.org [216.136.204.125]) by hub.freebsd.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id 111E937B401; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:24:06 -0700 (PDT) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (freefall.freebsd.org [216.136.204.21]) by mx1.FreeBSD.org (Postfix) with ESMTP id A19DD43FE1; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:24:05 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from brueffer@FreeBSD.org) Received: from freefall.freebsd.org (brueffer@localhost [127.0.0.1]) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9) with ESMTP id h5ELO5Up075110; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 14:24:05 -0700 (PDT) (envelope-from brueffer@freefall.freebsd.org) Received: (from brueffer@localhost) by freefall.freebsd.org (8.12.9/8.12.9/Submit) id h5ELO5xe075105; Sat, 14 Jun 2003 23:24:05 +0200 (CEST) Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 23:24:05 +0200 (CEST) From: Christian Brueffer Message-Id: <200306142124.h5ELO5xe075105@freefall.freebsd.org> To: brueffer@FreeBSD.org, freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org, brueffer@FreeBSD.org Subject: Re: docs/52514: Handbook: new chapter about Bluetooth X-BeenThere: freebsd-doc@freebsd.org X-Mailman-Version: 2.1.1 Precedence: list List-Id: Documentation project List-Unsubscribe: , List-Archive: List-Post: List-Help: List-Subscribe: , X-List-Received-Date: Sat, 14 Jun 2003 21:24:06 -0000 Synopsis: Handbook: new chapter about Bluetooth Responsible-Changed-From-To: freebsd-doc->brueffer Responsible-Changed-By: brueffer Responsible-Changed-When: Sat Jun 14 23:23:37 CEST 2003 Responsible-Changed-Why: I'll work on this one http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=52514